2011 ABOUND - Plano Office Supply
2011 ABOUND - Plano Office Supply
2011 ABOUND - Plano Office Supply
You also want an ePaper? Increase the reach of your titles
YUMPU automatically turns print PDFs into web optimized ePapers that Google loves.
<strong>2011</strong> <strong>ABOUND</strong><br />
List Pricer<br />
EFFECTIVE DATE:<br />
JANUARY 1, <strong>2011</strong>
The HON Company promises to repair or replace any HON brand product or component<br />
that is defective in material or workmanship for as long as you, the original purchaser,<br />
own it. This is your sole and exclusive remedy. This warranty is subject to the<br />
limitations, exclusions and other provisions below. It applies to product manufactured<br />
after January 1, <strong>2011</strong>.<br />
The basyx and Bevis product is covered under a separate warranty; please refer to<br />
HON Company policy 02-MKT-022 for details.<br />
NOTE: Pneumatic cylinders on seating are included under the HON Limited Lifetime<br />
Warranty.<br />
Clarification: The ilira -stretch back is not considered to be fabric but a structural<br />
component of the F 3 , Nucleus, and Ceres seating models, is included under the<br />
HON Limited Lifetime Warranty.<br />
Limitations involving particular product lines, materials and components:<br />
The particular product lines, materials and components listed below are covered<br />
according to the following schedule from the date of sale:<br />
Twelve Years Wood seating and electrical components (lamps and ballasts are<br />
not covered).<br />
Ten Years Laminates, Signal seating fabric, seating controls, all components of<br />
Accomplish Series (including chair desks, student desks, student<br />
chairs, and student desk accessories), SmartLink Student Desk,<br />
Proficiency , and all components of Cafeteria Tables.<br />
Five Years Glides, casters and polymer-based components, stacking chairs,<br />
folding chairs, ETA storage cabinets, user-adjustable worksurface<br />
mechanisms, panel and seating upholstery fabrics, foam, veneer<br />
finishes and other covering materials, track file track and rollers,<br />
projection screens and projection screen accessories.<br />
Exclusions:<br />
This warranty does not apply and no other warranty applies to:<br />
• Normal wear and tear, which are to be expected over the course of ownership.<br />
• Damage caused by the carrier in-transit, which will be handled under separate<br />
terms.<br />
• Modifications or attachments to the product that are not approved by The HON<br />
Company.<br />
• Products that were not installed, used or maintained in accordance with product<br />
instructions and warnings.<br />
• Products used for rental purposes.<br />
Seating Usage<br />
Normal commercial usage for seating is defined as the equivalent of a single shift,<br />
forty (40) hour workweek. To the extent that a seating product is used in a manner<br />
exceeding this, the applicable warranty period will be reduced in a pro-rata manner<br />
(except for Models H7604, H7624, H7734, H7754, and 3500 Series Intensive Use<br />
chairs, which are warranted for multiple shifts).<br />
Versant Tandem Seating models are warranted for multiple shifts and carry a 350<br />
pound rating (350 pounds per seat for models with more than one seat). Versant <br />
Bariatric models HHCB50 and HHR50, are warranted with a 500 pound rating.<br />
Ignition, Nucleus, and Ceres Seating models are warranted for normal<br />
commercial usage as defined above and carry a 300 pound rating (300 pounds per<br />
seat for models with more than one seat).<br />
HON LIMITED LIFETIME WARRANTY<br />
A word about color variations, fabrics and finishes:<br />
Some natural variations occurring in wood, leather or other natural materials are<br />
inherent to their character, and cannot be avoided. Therefore they are not considered<br />
defects. The HON Company does not warrant the color-fastness or matching of colors,<br />
grains or textures of such materials. Customer’s own materials (COM) selected by and<br />
used at the request of a user are not warranted.<br />
TO THE EXTENT ALLOWED BY LAW, THE HON COMPANY MAKES NO OTHER<br />
WARRANTY, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING ANY WARRANTY OF<br />
MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. THE HON COMPANY<br />
WILL NOT BE LIABLE FOR ANY CONSEQUENTIAL OR INCIDENTAL DAMAGES.<br />
Notice to purchasers for home or personal use:<br />
Federal law does not permit the exclusion of certain implied warranties for consumer<br />
products. Therefore, if you are purchasing this product for home or personal use, the<br />
exclusion of implied warranties noted in the above paragraph does not apply to you.<br />
Some states do not allow the exclusion or limitation of incidental or consequential<br />
damages, so the above limitation or exclusion may not apply to you. This warranty<br />
gives you specific legal rights, and you may also have other rights which vary from<br />
state to state.<br />
This warranty applies only to products sold within the United States of America and<br />
the Commonwealth of Canada.<br />
To obtain service under this warranty:<br />
Your HON Dealer is our mutual partner in supporting your warranty requests. By<br />
following the procedures outlined below, you can be assured of the best level of<br />
service.<br />
1. Contact the Dealer from whom the product was purchased within 30 days of<br />
discovery of the defect. Be prepared to affirm you are the original purchaser of the<br />
product and to provide the serial number(s) from the product in question.<br />
2. Your Dealer will gather all pertinent information regarding the claim, inspect the<br />
product and contact a HON Company customer service representative. (Please allow<br />
a reasonable amount of time for inspection and review.)<br />
3. If The HON Company affirms that the product in question is eligible under the<br />
conditions of the warranty as stated above, the customer service representative or<br />
another representative of the Company will determine whether to provide<br />
replacement parts, authorize repairs or replace the product.
➤ Software support packages<br />
furnished to the customer, either by<br />
The HON Company or by another<br />
source, which support the sale of<br />
HON products are superseded by<br />
printed pricelists.<br />
TABLE OF CONTENTS<br />
➤ All dimensions shown in this<br />
publication are nominal.<br />
➤ All illustrations and specifications in<br />
this publication are based on the<br />
latest product information available<br />
at the time of print.<br />
Table of Contents. .............................................1<br />
Tailored Solutions Ordering Information .............................2<br />
Graded-In Fabric Information / Phone/Fax Numbers / GSA Contract<br />
Information ................................................3<br />
Legend / Environmental Statement ................................4<br />
Design Solutions Information .....................................5<br />
FRAME & TILE<br />
Ordering Information. .........................................6-7<br />
Working with Frames ........................................8-15<br />
Frames ..................................................16-17<br />
Stiffener Supports ............................................17<br />
Door Panel. .................................................18<br />
Sliding Door. ................................................19<br />
Connectors / Finished Ends / Wall Starter Kits ....................20-22<br />
Fabric Tiles ...............................................24-25<br />
Power/Data Tiles ..........................................26-27<br />
Hard-surface Tiles ............................................28<br />
Glass Tiles ...............................................30-31<br />
Pass-thru Tiles ...............................................32<br />
Slotted Tool Tiles / Systems Paper Management Support Bar ...........34<br />
Systems Paper Management Accessories. ..........................35<br />
SecureFit Tiles ...............................................36<br />
SecureFit Accessories .........................................37<br />
Markerboard Tiles ............................................38<br />
Painted Metal Tiles ...........................................39<br />
Plains Tiles .................................................40<br />
Custom Mounting Brackets .....................................41<br />
Electrical Specifying ........................................42-50<br />
Electrical Components. ......................................51-53<br />
WORKSURFACES<br />
Worksurface Specifying. .....................................54-55<br />
Primary Worksurfaces .........................................56<br />
Primary Scalloped Worksurfaces .................................57<br />
Rudder Worksurfaces. .........................................58<br />
Rudder Scalloped Worksurfaces ..................................59<br />
Saddle Worksurfaces ..........................................60<br />
Saddle Scalloped Worksurfaces ..................................61<br />
Wedge Worksurfaces. .........................................62<br />
Wedge Scalloped Worksurfaces. .................................63<br />
Wave Worksurfaces. ..........................................64<br />
Wave Scalloped Worksurfaces. ..................................65<br />
Corner Worksurfaces. .......................................66-67<br />
Corner Scalloped Worksurfaces. ...............................68-69<br />
120 Degree Corner Worksurfaces. ................................70<br />
120 Degree Corner Scalloped Worksurfaces. ........................71<br />
Split Top Worksurfaces ........................................72<br />
Corner Cove Worksurfaces ......................................74<br />
Corner Cove Scalloped Worksurfaces ..............................75<br />
Jetty / Peninsula Worksurfaces ..................................76<br />
Jetty / Peninsula Scalloped Worksurfaces ..........................77<br />
Half Round Worksurfaces. ......................................78<br />
Quarter Round Worksurfaces ....................................78<br />
60 Wedge Worksurfaces. ......................................78<br />
<strong>2011</strong>. The HON Company and Abound are all registered trademarks of HON or its affiliates.<br />
Abound PRICER — Effective Date: January 1, <strong>2011</strong><br />
➤ Pricing is subject to change without<br />
notice.<br />
➤ All orders are subject to prices in<br />
effect at the time of order.<br />
➤ Ordering information can be found ➤ HON Limited Warranty applies<br />
on page 6, with specifying<br />
unless otherwise noted.<br />
information located at the bottom of ➤ HON Customer Service: Abound<br />
each page.<br />
CS Phone: (866) 524-5882<br />
Nationwide<br />
CS Phone: (800) 833-3964<br />
Nationwide<br />
CS Fax: (800) 328-7257<br />
Worksurface Supports. ......................................79-80<br />
Straight and Corner Countertops ...............................81-82<br />
Corner Shelves. ..............................................83<br />
OVERHEAD STORAGE<br />
Overheads Specifying .......................................84-85<br />
Overheads and Shelves ........................................86<br />
Overhead / Shelf Accessories ...................................87<br />
Vicinity Overheads / Shelves for Abound ...............................88<br />
Accessories. ..............................................89-90<br />
Monitor Arm ................................................91<br />
Keyboards. ...............................................91-93<br />
Index. ...................................................94-96<br />
Sold through<br />
Abound Select Dealers<br />
only.<br />
1/<strong>2011</strong> Abound Pricer 1
Tailored Solutions Ordering Information<br />
Custom Warranty Exclusion<br />
If the Company agrees to use the Tailored Fabrics (COM) on HON brand products, or, build<br />
a custom product:<br />
• The Company shall have no responsibility for the condition, quality, value, performance,<br />
physical properties, or any other aspect of the Tailored Fabrics (COM).<br />
• The Company shall have no liability for any damages, injuries, or losses to the<br />
customer or to any third party that shall be caused by any Tailored Fabrics (COM), and<br />
the customer shall hold the Company harmless for all liability.<br />
Tailored Fabrics (COM) Policy Information<br />
The HON Company assumes no responsibility for the overall appearance, flammability,<br />
normal durability, colorfastness or any other quality of the Tailored Fabric (COM) after its<br />
application on a HON product beyond normal quality standards. The HON Company<br />
reserves the right to reject a Tailored Fabric (COM) if the quality of the Tailored Fabric<br />
(COM) is not satisfactory for the product. Should this occur, the customer will be notified<br />
with an explanation of the problem. For complete Tailored Fabric (COM) warranty<br />
information, refer to the Terms and Conditions in the pricer.<br />
Tailored Fabrics (COM) Manufacturing Feasibility<br />
Purchase orders will not be accepted or entered unless Manufacturing Feasibility testing<br />
is complete with positive results.<br />
If all testing has been previously completed, re-testing is not necessary unless maximum<br />
size of items has increased, fabric is to be used on a different model, or direction has<br />
changed from that previously approved. Contact Customer Service to obtain information on<br />
previous test results.<br />
If the Tailored Fabric (COM) has not been tested and approved, the dealer must supply the<br />
following:<br />
• A completed Tailored Fabric request.<br />
• A sample of the Tailored Fabric (COM) for manufacturing feasibility. Tailored Fabric<br />
(COM) samples sent directly from the supplier must be tagged with “Customer Service<br />
Tailored Fabric (COM) Expediter” and the HON dealer or specifier’s name (whichever is<br />
applicable) and the verbiage “for testing”.<br />
The completed Tailored Fabric request and Tailored Fabric (COM) testing sample MUST BE<br />
submitted to the Customer Service Tailored Fabric (COM) Expediter for processing.<br />
Tailored Fabric (COM) Samples without an accompanying completed Tailored<br />
Fabric request will not be accepted.<br />
Tailored Fabric (COM) Data Sheet must specify whether the fabric is to be<br />
railroaded or pattern cut. Fabric will be applied pattern cut when not specified.<br />
• Material Requirements for Testing:<br />
Testing material required to determine manufacturing feasibility:<br />
Systems Product:<br />
Please specify whether the yardage sent in is for test on panel, flipper door, tackboard,<br />
etc.<br />
Panel...............................................................................................................5.0 yards<br />
Tackboard .......................................................................................................1.5 yards<br />
Seating Product:<br />
Each Model and Color .....................................................................................0.5 yard<br />
Note: All fabric for testing sent direct from supplier must be tagged with the<br />
dealership’s or specifier’s name (whichever is applicable) and sent to the attention of the<br />
Customer Service Tailored Fabric (COM) Expediter — “Tailored Fabric (COM) Test.”<br />
Untagged fabrics will be rejected. No samples will be returned. Do not send in<br />
more material than is required for testing.<br />
• Testing Time Requirements:<br />
Wood Seating and Systems product testing requires 7 working days (includes<br />
testing for panels, tackboards, and overhead storage cabinets).<br />
Steel Seating product testing requires 7 working days.<br />
Testing Requirements for Flame Retardant Construction<br />
The customer is responsible for ensuring that the Tailored (COM) fabric is certified to meet<br />
all flame retardant requirements. For Tailored (COM) seating fabric needing the CAL133<br />
Burn Test, there is a $500 test cost. The fabric must be furnished by the Dealer and the<br />
chair must be purchased from The HON Company at Grade III cost, but any Tailored Fabric<br />
(COM) upcharge will be waived for the purpose of test. Credit will not be issued for the<br />
test chair. All other Tailored (COM) seating fabric must meet a minimum of CAL117<br />
requirements.<br />
When the testing has been completed, the HON dealer will be notified by Customer<br />
Service of the test results. An approved Tailored Fabric (COM) will be assigned an<br />
approval tracking number and a Tailored Fabric (COM) Special ID (SID) along with the<br />
producing location’s address.<br />
Tailored Fabric (COM) Lead Time<br />
Ship dates will be based on fabric receipt and The HON Company product standard lead<br />
time at time of actual entry of order. All fabric must be properly tagged and shipped to the<br />
appropriate location. Production schedules will not be finalized until fabric yardage for<br />
manufacturing is received.<br />
Tailored Fabric (COM) Ordering Information / Shipping Information<br />
Before ordering the Tailored Fabric (COM) from a supplier, the customer must contact<br />
Customer Service to determine if the Tailored Fabric (COM) has been tested/approved for<br />
use on HON Systems or Seating product. Systems and Seating product must be approved<br />
for each model and color. ORDERS INCLUDING TAILORED FABRIC (COM) THAT HAVE<br />
NOT BEEN PRE-APPROVED WILL BE CANCELLED IF APPROPRIATE INFORMATION<br />
IS NOT RECEIVED IN 30 DAYS.<br />
If the Tailored Fabric (COM) is approved for use, a tracking approval number and Tailored<br />
Fabric (COM) identification will be provided by Customer Service. These numbers must<br />
appear on all purchase orders using the Tailored Fabric (COM). If the dealer or specifier is<br />
ordering the Tailored Fabric (COM), the tracking approval number and Tailored Fabric<br />
(COM) SID must be included on the packing list prior to The HON Company receiving the<br />
Tailored Fabric (COM).<br />
The Company will make every effort to locate mis-directed Tailored Fabric (COM) fabric<br />
shipments on behalf of the customer. However, the Company will not be responsible for<br />
any Tailored Fabric (COM) fabric received without a tracking number or incorrectly shipped<br />
by the fabric vendor to an incorrect HON Company facility.<br />
Tailored Fabric (COM) Ordering / Shipping Requirements<br />
• Yardage requirements for manufacturing:<br />
– To determine yardage for Tailored Fabric (COM) product, refer to the list pricer current<br />
at time of order entry for yardage tables. Patterned fabrics may not necessarily<br />
comply with the yardage tables. Once fabric has been tested contact the Customer<br />
Service Department to determine actual yardage required. The HON Company bears<br />
no responsibility for the cost of any additional yardage required. All fabrics are<br />
inspected for flaws and adequate yardage; however, The HON Company cannot be<br />
responsible for defects, color inaccuracies or other flaws should they occur.<br />
Customers are notified of any defects or shortages. Excess yardage will be<br />
disposed.<br />
• Customer purchases and supplies the Tailored Fabric (COM) fabric.<br />
• Product is priced at Price Code III and incurs a 10% list upcharge (all<br />
standard discounts/competitive project pricing applies) per Tailored Fabric<br />
(COM) (each pattern) per order.<br />
• The following information must appear on or accompany the product purchase order:<br />
– Approval tracking number and customer’s purchase order number<br />
– Tailored Fabric (COM) supplier, pattern and color name/number<br />
– Who is ordering the Tailored Fabric (COM) for manufacturing<br />
• The packing list for the Tailored Fabric (COM) must include the following information<br />
when HON receives the shipment for production:<br />
– HON dealer name<br />
– Purchase order number submitted to The HON Company<br />
– Fabric name<br />
– Yardage shipped<br />
– Approval tracking number<br />
PRODUCT RECEIVED WITHOUT THIS INFORMATION WILL NOT BE<br />
ACCEPTED. CONTACT COM EXPEDITER FOR COM SHIPPING<br />
INSTRUCTIONS.<br />
2 Abound Pricer 1/<strong>2011</strong>
Select Textiles<br />
Select Textiles is the result of The HON Company’s partnership with textile<br />
industry leaders CF Stinson, Maharam, Momentum and Ultrafabrics, LLC.<br />
The extensive collection of design-driven upholstery fabrics create a<br />
superior offering at a great value. Select Textiles significantly updates<br />
HON’s offering, expanding it with fresh and exciting fabrics.<br />
• Fabric Warranty: Select Textiles are covered by HON’s Limited Lifetime<br />
Warranty.<br />
• Lead-times: Orders specified with Select Textiles will be acknowledged<br />
based on standard HON product lead times.<br />
• Availability: HON will regularly introduce new Select Textiles and<br />
reserves the right to change the offering at any time.<br />
• Fabric Samples: Select Textiles are carded jointly by HON and the<br />
supplier.<br />
• Fabric Memo Samples: Please contact the supplier directly for memo<br />
samples:<br />
CF Stinson: (800) 841-6279<br />
Maharam: (800) 645-3943<br />
Momentum: (800) 366-6839<br />
Ultrafabrics: (877) 309-6648<br />
• Find fabric designators and series availability on pages 442-445,<br />
452-453 and 476-477 of the January <strong>2011</strong> HON List Pricer.<br />
Abound Specialist Customer Service Phone – (866) 524-5882<br />
Nationwide CS Phone – (800) 833-3964<br />
Nationwide END USER Parts Phone – (800) 336-8398<br />
Nationwide Parts Fax – (800) 328-7257<br />
Nationwide Order Entry Fax – (800) 344-9270<br />
HON EDI CS Phone – (800) 508-6524<br />
HON Literature Fulfillment Phone – (800) 466-4808<br />
HON Literature Fulfillment Fax – (800) 466-1865<br />
DASH (to report no-call/no-show deliveries) – (800) 334-8057<br />
Government CS Phone – (800) 466-8694<br />
Government CS Fax – (800) 833-3902<br />
Education Phone – (800) 272-2380<br />
Integrated Design Solutions – (800) 433-7264<br />
Smart Textiles<br />
Graded-In Fabric Information<br />
HON also offers its products in pre-approved fabrics from CF Stinson,<br />
Maharam, Momentum and Ultrafabrics, LLC. Simple to specify, these<br />
fabrics have been tested to HON’s Tailored Fabrics (COM) criteria for<br />
manufacturing feasibility. Each Smart Textile has been given a HON fabric<br />
designator and grade to make the ordering process convenient. You select<br />
the fabric and HON delivers a hassle-free experience. For a complete<br />
listing, please visit HONSmartTextiles.com.<br />
• Fabric Warranty: Smart Textiles are non-standard materials and are<br />
considered Tailored Fabrics (COM). Tailored Fabrics (COM) selected by<br />
and used at the request of a user are not warranted.<br />
• Lead-times: Orders specified with Smart Textiles will be acknowledged<br />
based on the fabric supplier’s delivery schedule.<br />
• Availability: Maharam and Momentum reserve the right to discontinue<br />
patterns and colors from this program.<br />
• Fabric Memo Samples: Please contact the supplier directly:<br />
CF Stinson: (800) 841-6279<br />
Maharam: (800) 645-3943<br />
Momentum: (800) 366-6839<br />
Ultrafabrics: (877) 309-6648<br />
HON Customer Service Phone/Fax Numbers<br />
GSA Contract Information<br />
Model numbers identified with the verbiage “Open Market” are not offered on HON’s GSA contract GS-27F-0015S. Model numbers<br />
identified with the following verbiage “Must be purchased with a configurable end product. If ordered separately, not on GSA contract” is to<br />
mean that these configurable components or options:<br />
• Have no functionality or capability without being integrated into an end product, and<br />
• Are not separately orderable; an eligible Schedule ordering activity may only purchase them with a configured system that is on contract.<br />
1/<strong>2011</strong> Abound Pricer 3
Legend<br />
The following icons are used throughout this publication.<br />
Meets or exceeds ANSI/BIFMA and ISTA performance standards.<br />
HON “One Key” Interchangeable core removable locks.<br />
Refer to page 601 of the July 2010 HON List Pricer.<br />
Caution<br />
Easy to assemble.<br />
s Shippable by small-package carrier.<br />
Omit core removable lock option available. Allows keyed-alike<br />
workstations. Refer to page 89.<br />
Industry terms:<br />
ISTA — International Safe Transit Association<br />
BIFMA — Business and Institutional Furniture Manufacturer’s Association<br />
ANSI — American National Standards Institute<br />
Environmental Statement<br />
<br />
Fire Code<br />
Core Product Line<br />
D Product scheduled for discontinuation.<br />
Open<br />
Market Indicates product that is not included on GSA contracts.<br />
CLEARING THE AIR.<br />
In 2006, The HON Company became the world’s first office furniture manufacturer to have products certified by the Indoor Advantage Program. Virtually all<br />
manufactured products emit chemical compounds into the air. Indoor Advantage evaluates these compounds to help improve the air quality within enclosed<br />
indoor environments.<br />
Developed by Scientific Certification Systems (SCS), Indoor Advantage subjects products to specific indoor air quality standards. Further, Indoor Advantage<br />
tests individual components as well as overall assemblies, and provides detailed analysis of a comprehensive range of all chemicals rather than simple<br />
pass/fail for only the most common. This enables us to help our suppliers reduce the environmental impact of their products and processes, too.<br />
SCS offers two levels of certification:<br />
Indoor Advantage certifies conformance with LEED-CI criteria for EQ4-5, as well as BIFMA X7.1 Low-Emitting<br />
Furniture and Seating.<br />
Indoor Advantage Gold certifies additional conformance with California 01350 Special Environmental<br />
Requirements and Collaborative for High Performance Schools (CHPS).<br />
On the level<br />
level, the BIFMA e3 sustainability standard, was developed in response to the increasing demand for proof that manufacturers are living up to their<br />
environmental claims. level Certification is based on four sustainability attributes: Materials, Energy and Atmosphere, Human and Ecosystem Health, and<br />
Social Responsibility.<br />
The HON Company has received level 2 certification for 58 product lines. That means more than 80 percent of our product volume has<br />
earned this important certification.<br />
The level certification is a multi-attribute certification label for products that have met<br />
environmental, social and quality standards.<br />
Laminate Casegoods and Systems are certified as a typical workstation. Individual models contribute to the overall workstation certification.<br />
Products that meet these specifications are identified throughout this publication with the following icons:<br />
Certified SCS Indoor Certified SCS Indoor Complies to the BIFMA e3 Complies to the BIFMA e3<br />
Advantage See page 4. Advantage Gold See page 4. Sustainability Standard. Sustainability Standard.<br />
See page 4. at the specified rating. See<br />
page 4.<br />
4 Abound Pricer 1/<strong>2011</strong>
HON Integrated Design Solutions<br />
Need design assistance? We can help!<br />
Our expert design staff will create a professional design package<br />
that is sure to put you one step ahead of the competition. And the<br />
best part is it’s free*!<br />
Audit<br />
We will check your drawing and parts list for accuracy. We verify<br />
quantity, specification accuracy, product compatibility and structural<br />
support.<br />
Furniture Plan & Specification Package<br />
We will provide a professional design package including a CAD<br />
furniture plan, 3-D line drawing and complete parts list based on<br />
the rough sketch and work order forms you supply.<br />
Value Engineering<br />
We will optimize workstation layouts and propose potential cost<br />
saving measures to help your customer save money and make you<br />
more competitive and profitable.<br />
Photo-Realistic Rendering<br />
We will create a photo realistic of your furniture plan to help your<br />
customer visualize what their desired office space will look like.<br />
*Space Planning — Chargeable Service<br />
Let our team do the creative work for you. Our low rates and expert<br />
staff will create a furniture layout and design that best suits your<br />
customer.<br />
Submit your request on the HON Ready Portal at<br />
honready.hon.com, Integrated Design Solutions<br />
Turn Around Time<br />
1-3 business days depending on complexity and size of your project.<br />
Contact Us<br />
Phone: 800.433.7264<br />
E-Mail: integrateddesign@honcompany.com<br />
Design Solutions Information<br />
1/<strong>2011</strong> Abound Pricer 5
➤ NEW! Woodgrain and solid laminate and<br />
paint colors. Available February <strong>2011</strong>.<br />
Finishes Availability<br />
Core<br />
Wood<br />
Grain<br />
Solid<br />
Patterned<br />
Core<br />
Metallic<br />
Abound Ordering Information<br />
➤ LAMINATE TOPS<br />
SPECIFY: Model Number.<br />
Laminate<br />
Edge Color<br />
Grommet Color<br />
Cantilever Option<br />
Paint Color<br />
EXAMPLE: HWR2424P.K8.R.T5.C.T5<br />
Frames and Trim <br />
Hard-Surface Tile <br />
Slotted, Painted Metal and SecureFit<br />
Tiles, Markerboard, Custom Bracket <br />
Kit and Paper Management<br />
➤ PAINTED PRODUCTS<br />
SPECIFY: Model Number.<br />
Paint Color<br />
EXAMPLE: HRVSHV24.T1<br />
➤ PANEL FRAMES<br />
SPECIFY: Model Number.<br />
Paint<br />
EXAMPLE: HRVF3524.T3<br />
Door Panel <br />
Worksurfaces, Countertops and<br />
Corner Shelves with T-Mold <br />
Worksurfaces, Countertops<br />
and Corner Shelves with <br />
Edgeband<br />
LAMINATES CODES<br />
Bourbon Cherry H • • • • • •<br />
Columbian Walnut Z • • • • • •<br />
Harvest C • • • • • •<br />
Henna Cherry J • • • • • •<br />
Mahogany N • • • • • •<br />
Natural Maple D • • • • • •<br />
Shaker Cherry F • • • • • •<br />
Harbor Teak NEW! 2/<strong>2011</strong> HART • • • • •<br />
Worksurface Supports <br />
Duplex Receptacles and<br />
Ported Tile Grommets <br />
Abound Overheads<br />
and Shelves <br />
➤ VICINITY OVERHEADS<br />
used on Abound<br />
SPECIFY: Model Number.<br />
Lock Option<br />
Paint Color<br />
EXAMPLE: HRVOHV24HMA.L.T3<br />
Brilliant White NEW! 2/<strong>2011</strong> WHIT • • • • •<br />
Shadow NEW! 2/<strong>2011</strong> SHDW • • • • •<br />
Whitestone K4 • • • • •<br />
Carbon Mesh A7 • • • • • •<br />
Sheer Mesh A5 • • • • • •<br />
Silver Mesh B9 • • • • • •<br />
Steel Mesh A9 • • • • • •<br />
Taupe Mesh A8 • • • • • •<br />
Canyon Zephyr K9 • • • • •<br />
Cloud Zephyr K7 • • • • •<br />
Desert Zephyr K8 • • • • •<br />
Morro Zephyr L9 • • • • •<br />
Shadow Zephyr K1 • • • • •<br />
Graphite G3 • • • • •<br />
Gray G2 • • • • •<br />
Grey Tigris L6 • • • • •<br />
White G1 • • • • •<br />
PAINTS / GROMMETS CODES<br />
Black P • • • • • • • •<br />
Brilliant White NEW! 2/<strong>2011</strong> WHIT • • • • • • • •<br />
Carob T8 • • • • • • • •<br />
Charcoal S • • • • • • • • •<br />
Greige T5 • • • • • • • • •<br />
Light Gray Q • • • • • • • •<br />
Loft NEW! 2/<strong>2011</strong> LOFT • • • • • • • •<br />
Muslin T3 • • • • • • • • •<br />
Putty L • • • • • • • •<br />
Shadow NEW! 2/<strong>2011</strong> SHDW • • • • • • • •<br />
Taupe E • • • • • • • •<br />
Champagne Metallic T4 • • • • • • • •<br />
Platinum Metallic T1 • • • • • • • • •<br />
T-MOLD CODES<br />
Black P •<br />
Brilliant White NEW! 2/<strong>2011</strong> WHIT •<br />
Carob G •<br />
Charcoal S •<br />
Greige R •<br />
Light Gray Q •<br />
Loft NEW! 2/<strong>2011</strong> LOFT •<br />
Muslin T •<br />
Platinum K •<br />
Putty L •<br />
Shadow NEW! 2/<strong>2011</strong> SHDW •<br />
Taupe E •<br />
EDGEBAND CODES<br />
Black P •<br />
Brilliant White NEW! 2/<strong>2011</strong> WHIT •<br />
Carob G •<br />
Charcoal S •<br />
Greige R •<br />
Light Gray Q •<br />
Loft NEW! 2/<strong>2011</strong> LOFT •<br />
Muslin T •<br />
Platinum K •<br />
Putty L •<br />
Shadow NEW! 2/<strong>2011</strong> SHDW •<br />
Taupe E •<br />
Bourbon Cherry H •<br />
Columbian Walnut Z •<br />
Harbor Teak NEW! 2/<strong>2011</strong> HART •<br />
Harvest C •<br />
Henna Cherry J •<br />
Mahogany N •<br />
Natural Maple D •<br />
Shaker Cherry F •<br />
Icon Legend on page 4 <br />
Vicinity Overheads<br />
for Abound <br />
Laminate Keyboard Platforms <br />
Metal Keyboard Platforms <br />
Suffix “A”<br />
Satin Chrome<br />
Arch Pull<br />
Edge Treatments<br />
”T” Thin T-Mold ”P” Edgeband<br />
(Color must be selected.)<br />
➤ HOW TO ORDER<br />
1) Select desired model numbers.<br />
2) Order worksurfaces to correspond to width of<br />
panel behind them.<br />
3) Select desired top edge treatment.<br />
4) Replace the (?) after each model number with<br />
the suffix representing the chosen top edge<br />
treatment.<br />
Touch-up paint model PMARKER available in<br />
E, L, P, Q, S, T3, T5 and T8 paint. Model<br />
HPKT001 available in E, L, P, Q, S, T3, T5 and<br />
T8 paint. Use Paint codes for grommet colors.<br />
• For Champagne Metallic Paint, Greige is<br />
suggested for T-Mold/Edgeband, grommet and<br />
duplex color.<br />
• For Putty and Taupe paint colors, Greige is the<br />
suggested duplex color.<br />
• For Black and Carob paint colors, Charcoal is<br />
the suggested duplex color.<br />
• For Light Gray paint, Platinum Metallic is the<br />
suggested duplex color.<br />
6 Abound Pricer 1/<strong>2011</strong>
➤ FOR TILES<br />
SPECIFY: Model Number<br />
Fabric Style.<br />
Fabric Color<br />
EXAMPLE: HRVT1524T.CE18<br />
PRICE CODE II PRICE CODE III<br />
Daybreak*<br />
Ecru ...................................................DB30<br />
Goldenrod .........................................DB80<br />
Metal ................................................DB40<br />
Sand .................................................DB15<br />
Silver ................................................DB60<br />
Smoke ...............................................DB25<br />
Stone ................................................DB70<br />
Element*<br />
Flint ..................................................GN65<br />
Indigo ...............................................GN67<br />
Latte .................................................GN73<br />
Millet ...............................................GN72<br />
Parchment ........................................GN53<br />
Sea ...................................................GN74<br />
Veil ...................................................GN13<br />
Warm Beige .....................................GN55<br />
Wisp .................................................GN75<br />
PRICE CODE IV<br />
Asana*<br />
100% Eco-Intelligent polyester<br />
Bhakti ...............................................AS38<br />
Chakra ..............................................AS14<br />
Dharma .............................................AS68<br />
Harmony ...........................................AS21<br />
Lotus .................................................AS65<br />
Lucid .................................................AS45<br />
Raja ..................................................AS40<br />
City Lights*<br />
Terratex , 100% recycled polyester<br />
(Not available on Flipper Doors.)<br />
Anthracite .........................................CY10<br />
Dove ..................................................CY20<br />
Dusk ..................................................CY30<br />
Olivine ...............................................CY40<br />
Sand ..................................................CY50<br />
Snowdrop .........................................CY60<br />
Wheat ...............................................CY70<br />
PLAINS TILES — Colored, polymer tiles<br />
Frost ...................................................PL01<br />
Sunrise ..............................................PL02<br />
* Directional fabrics<br />
➤ 6 x6 fabric samples are recommended<br />
to determine color and pattern on panels.<br />
➤ Additional fabrics are available through<br />
Smart Textiles,<br />
www.HONSmartTextiles.com.<br />
Appoint<br />
Artichoke ..........................................PN11<br />
Chai ...................................................PN12<br />
Copper ..............................................PN18<br />
Dark Pewter .....................................PN17<br />
Dune .................................................PN15<br />
Hummus ...........................................PN14<br />
Morel ................................................PN09<br />
Nimbus .............................................PN16<br />
Turmeric ............................................PN10<br />
Walnut ..............................................PN13<br />
Arch*<br />
Frost ..................................................AR04<br />
Glacier ..............................................AR05<br />
Macadamia ......................................AR01<br />
Shitake .............................................AR02<br />
Walnut ..............................................AR03<br />
Celestial*<br />
Alumina .............................................CE18<br />
Linen ..................................................CE28<br />
Obelisk ..............................................CE22<br />
Stargaze ............................................CE21<br />
Woodsmoke ......................................CE26<br />
Zephr .................................................CE14<br />
Glow*<br />
Champagne .....................................GW10<br />
Chrome ............................................GW02<br />
Etched Bronze .................................GW01<br />
Olivine .............................................GW05<br />
Pyrite ...............................................GW04<br />
Stainless Steel ...............................GW03<br />
Zinc .................................................GW09<br />
Twigs*<br />
100% recycled polyester<br />
Buckeye ...........................................TW68<br />
Hawthorne .......................................TW38<br />
Juniper ............................................TW45<br />
Magnolia .........................................TW21<br />
Sassafras .........................................TW40<br />
Sycamore .........................................TW14<br />
Abound Panel Fabrics...Ordering Codes<br />
Lucy*<br />
Cornsilk .............................................LC30<br />
Dusk ..................................................LC22<br />
Jade ...................................................LC31<br />
Limeade .............................................LC21<br />
Mist ...................................................LC20<br />
Neutra ...............................................LC24<br />
Snowdrop ..........................................LC28<br />
Thyme ................................................LC29<br />
Poodle*<br />
Beige .................................................PD10<br />
Flint ...................................................PD20<br />
Frost ..................................................PD30<br />
Graphite ............................................PD40<br />
Gravel ...............................................PD50<br />
Seaspray ...........................................PD60<br />
Winter ...............................................PD70<br />
Refuge<br />
Artesian .............................................RF96<br />
Dune ..................................................RF92<br />
Frost ..................................................RF93<br />
Hemp .................................................RF97<br />
Mineral ..............................................RF98<br />
Sandbar .............................................RF95<br />
Tidal ...................................................RF94<br />
Twilight*<br />
100% recycled polyester<br />
(Not available on Flipper Doors.)<br />
Crème .................................................TI01<br />
Dune ...................................................TI02<br />
Ethereal ..............................................TI06<br />
Harvest ...............................................TI05<br />
Haze ....................................................TI03<br />
Mineral ...............................................TI07<br />
Mushroom ..........................................TI04<br />
Olivine ................................................TI08<br />
Abound Ordering Information<br />
For Tailored Fabrics (COM), see page 2.<br />
Stratford<br />
Blue Neutral .....................................VV01<br />
Cherry Neutral ..................................VV99<br />
Green Neutral ...................................VV02<br />
Quartz ...............................................VVN3<br />
Silver Neutral ...................................VV06<br />
Wedgewood .....................................VV50<br />
Tango<br />
Aficionado .........................................TA94<br />
Azul ...................................................TA93<br />
Bongo ................................................TA31<br />
Dip .....................................................TA35<br />
Palma ................................................TA91<br />
Pecan ................................................TA39<br />
Pistachio ...........................................TA38<br />
Playa .................................................TA33<br />
Salsa .................................................TA37<br />
Sol .....................................................TA92<br />
Tequila ...............................................TA30<br />
1/<strong>2011</strong> Abound Pricer 7
Panel Frame<br />
35H Frame 42H Frame 50H Frame 65H Frame<br />
35”H<br />
42”H<br />
50”H<br />
65”H<br />
24”W<br />
Stacking Frames<br />
15H Stacking 30H Stacking<br />
15”H<br />
30”H<br />
Abound Frames Overview<br />
30”W 36”W 42”W 48”W 60”W<br />
24”W 30”W 36”W 42”W 48”W 60”W<br />
8 Abound Pricer 1/<strong>2011</strong>
Metal top caps are included<br />
with each frame.<br />
Beltline cutouts provide<br />
horizontal cable routing for<br />
power and data access above<br />
the worksurface.<br />
Steel horizontal members<br />
have vertical cable and<br />
electrical routing capacity.<br />
Lay-in baserail pathway<br />
facilitates easy installation<br />
of voice, power and data<br />
while providing significant<br />
cabling capacity.<br />
Leveling glides provide 2 3 ⁄4”<br />
of adjustment and are<br />
easily accessed from<br />
inside the frame.<br />
Construction<br />
and Features<br />
Specifications—formed, steel<br />
vertical members, with tubular<br />
steel horizontal members are<br />
welded into a sturdy, structural<br />
panel frame. Panel frames are<br />
shipped with top cap and base<br />
pathway covers installed.<br />
Tiles and Segment Bars are<br />
ordered separately.<br />
Tiles ordered separately<br />
Additional design and specification information available at hon.com.<br />
Lay-in top pathway<br />
provides additional cable<br />
capacity and provides<br />
separation of power and<br />
data.<br />
Panels: (Frames and Tiles)<br />
are 3” thick, nominally;<br />
actual dimension is 2 5 ⁄8”<br />
thick. (Use 2 3 ⁄4” to calculate<br />
intersections in length of<br />
panel runs.)<br />
Stacking frames in 15” and<br />
30” heights provide<br />
additional configuration<br />
flexibility while still<br />
supporting overheads and<br />
shelves.<br />
Frames available in<br />
35”, 42”, 50” and 65”<br />
heights, and are stackable<br />
up to 110” high.<br />
Steel baserail covers are<br />
installed on each frame<br />
and include knockouts for<br />
duplex receptacles/data<br />
faceplates.<br />
Abound Frames Overview<br />
Top caps are provided with nonstacking<br />
panel frames. When adding<br />
the stacking frame remove the top<br />
cap from the standard frame, and<br />
install it on the top of the stacker.<br />
Stacking connection provides a<br />
solid metal-to-metal connection,<br />
allowing the stacking frame to accept<br />
hang-on components, per<br />
configuration guidelines.<br />
1/<strong>2011</strong> Abound Pricer 9
Abound Frames Overview<br />
Frame Dimensions (Actual)<br />
Depth: 2 5 ⁄ 8 (use 2 3 ⁄ 4 to calculate intersections in length of panel run)<br />
Widths: 24, 30, 36, 42, 48, 60<br />
Heights*: Painted trim: 34 1 ⁄ 2, 42, 49 1 ⁄ 2, 64 1 ⁄ 2<br />
Stacking Frames: 15H, 30H<br />
Leveling Glides: 2 3 ⁄ 4 range<br />
*with levelers fully retracted<br />
Stacking frames can<br />
be added to the top of<br />
any 35H, 50H or<br />
65H frame. Adding<br />
stacking frames to<br />
42H frames is not<br />
recommended due to<br />
inconsistencies in<br />
segmentation. 15H<br />
and 30H stacking<br />
frames can be used to<br />
add up to 45 of<br />
additional height to a<br />
standard frame. Do<br />
not combine differing<br />
frame widths in a single stack.<br />
80”H<br />
95”H<br />
110”H<br />
35”H 50”H 65”H<br />
NOTE: Do not stack on 42H frames because of stack up/ segmentation<br />
mismatch. 42H frames can only be used with monolithic tiles.<br />
Building horizontally with Abound frames<br />
Important planning guidelines: For adequate stability, one of two<br />
methods of stabilization must be adhered to:<br />
Two Return Panels<br />
Parent Run<br />
48" min./144" max.<br />
Two Return Panels<br />
Method 1—Opposing returns:<br />
A parent run must be a minimum<br />
of 48 and a maximum of 144<br />
between return panels. The<br />
parent run must have a minimum<br />
of two return panels running in<br />
opposing directions on each end<br />
of run.<br />
Parent Run<br />
48" min/144" max.<br />
Two Return Panels<br />
60" Min. Combined Length<br />
Return Panels must have<br />
combined length 60% of parent run<br />
Method 2—Single-sided<br />
returns: A parent run must be a<br />
minimum of 48 and a maximum<br />
of 144 between return panels.<br />
The parent run must have a<br />
minimum of two return panels<br />
totaling at least 60% of its length,<br />
extending in one direction. Return<br />
panels must not be any more than<br />
30 shorter in height than parent<br />
run. When using 120 connections,<br />
12 must be added to length of<br />
return panels as determined by<br />
methods 1 and 2. Any run under<br />
100 must have a minimum<br />
combined length of 60 of return<br />
panels.<br />
10 Abound Pricer 1/<strong>2011</strong>
Intersecting connections<br />
“L” 90-Degree<br />
“Y2” 2-Way<br />
“Y3” 120" 3-Way<br />
“T” 3-Way<br />
“Y2” 120" 2-Way<br />
“L”, “T”, “X”, “Y2” and “Y3”<br />
connector kits are used when<br />
connecting frames at intersecting<br />
runs. For “L”, “T” and “X” connector<br />
kits, add 2 3 ⁄ 4 to the total length of<br />
the panel run for each intersection,<br />
whether located in the middle or at<br />
the end of the run.<br />
Wall starter kits provide a means to<br />
affix a panel run to a permanent<br />
building wall. Kit adds 1 1 ⁄ 16 to<br />
length of panel run.<br />
Segment Bars<br />
— horizontal<br />
cross members<br />
required<br />
between tile<br />
segments. Must<br />
be specified on<br />
each side of<br />
frame. One<br />
Segment Bar is<br />
needed for each<br />
reveal between tiles.<br />
Top View<br />
Frame Frame<br />
2 3 ⁄4"<br />
Frame S Frame<br />
Extended straight connector kit<br />
“S” can be used to keep continuous<br />
runs dimensionally consistent with<br />
opposing panel runs which incorporate<br />
“T” or “X” intersections. (Add 2 3 ⁄ 4 to<br />
the length of the run for every<br />
extended straight connector used.)<br />
In-line connections<br />
Direct connections between same<br />
height frames in a continuous run are<br />
accomplished with provided hardware.<br />
There is no incremental increase in<br />
dimension along the run.<br />
End of Run<br />
Finished end trim must be specified<br />
for the unconnected sides of panel<br />
frames. The Abound end trim adds<br />
3 ⁄ 8 to the length of the panel run.<br />
When adding a stacking frame, order<br />
finished end trim in the height that<br />
matches the stacking frame height.<br />
Move the end cap from the standard<br />
frame end trim to the stacking frame<br />
end trim.<br />
In-line Variable Height Trim In-line<br />
connections between different height<br />
panels require trim to cover the<br />
exposed frame of the taller panel. The<br />
bottom of the trim is contoured to<br />
match the profile of the frame top<br />
cap.<br />
Multiple-height connections are<br />
accomplished by combining standard<br />
height panel connectors (35H, 42H,<br />
50H and 65H) with shorter<br />
connectors (7H, 15H, 22H and<br />
30H). Start from the bottom-up —<br />
select the standard connector that<br />
corresponds to the height and<br />
connection type of the shortest panel,<br />
then use the shorter connectors to<br />
build up to each subsequent panel<br />
height. (See examples.)<br />
Example 1<br />
Connectors required:<br />
1-35"H “T”<br />
1-15"H “FT”<br />
35"H<br />
50"H<br />
In variable height “T” connections —<br />
as shown above — you would use<br />
the connectors as indicated.<br />
Example 2<br />
Connectors required:<br />
1-35"H “X”<br />
1-7"H “T”<br />
1-7"H “L”<br />
1-15"H “FT”<br />
50"H<br />
42"H<br />
Abound Frames Overview<br />
65"H<br />
35"H<br />
Example 3<br />
Connectors required:<br />
1–50”H “L”<br />
1–15”H Variable Height Trim over Top Cap<br />
65”H<br />
50”H<br />
Example above represents Abound<br />
variable height “L” for 65 to 50<br />
connection over universal top cap.<br />
Variable Height<br />
Connection Trim<br />
L, X and T connections between<br />
different height panels require trim to<br />
cover the exposed frame of the taller<br />
panel. The bottom of the trim is flat to<br />
match the profile of the Universal<br />
Connector top cap. Models are<br />
designated as “Variable Height<br />
Finished End over Connector Trim”. For<br />
variable height connections in a Y<br />
configuration, contact the Abound<br />
Specials Department.<br />
Optional Stiffener Support<br />
Stiffener supports can be used to<br />
provide additional rigidity to a panel<br />
when fabric tiles are on both sides of<br />
the frame. May also be used for<br />
routing power/data at non-standard<br />
heights.<br />
1/<strong>2011</strong> Abound Pricer 11
Abound Connector Overview<br />
Connector Kits — Abound<br />
“L” 90 Connector Kit<br />
“T” 3-way Connector Kit<br />
“X” 4-way Connector Kit<br />
“S” “S” Extended Straight Connector Kit<br />
“Y2” 2-way 120 Connector Kit<br />
“Y3” 3-way 120 Connector Kit<br />
“W” Wall Starter Kit<br />
“F” End Trim Kit<br />
“V” Variable Height Finished End<br />
“FT” Variable Height Finished End over Connector<br />
“L” “T” “X” “S” “Y2” “Y3” “W” “F” “V” “FT”<br />
➤ Abound Connector Kits include universal connector block(s), bracket clips and painted metal trim.<br />
➤ The universal connector block can be used for an L, T, X, or Extended Straight connections, simplifying staging and installation at the project site as well<br />
as future reconfigurations.<br />
➤ Bracket clips are attached to the connector blocks as needed based upon connection type.<br />
➤ While the connectors themselves are universal, Abound connector kits must be specified by connection type (X, L, T, S, 120 degree) in order to receive<br />
the correct type of trim.<br />
12 Abound Pricer 1/<strong>2011</strong>
Abound tiles come in a variety of<br />
styles.<br />
65”H frame<br />
shown.<br />
Beveled trim.<br />
Segment Bars (ordered separately)<br />
required between all tiles create a 3 ⁄16”<br />
reveal.<br />
Slotted Tool Tiles allow a variety<br />
of hang-on accessories to<br />
organize your workspace.<br />
Plains Tiles, created from a unique<br />
poly-resin material, are available in<br />
Cool Frost or Warm Sunrise.<br />
SecureFit tiles utilize hang-on accessories<br />
to create a multitude of paper management<br />
and organizational options.<br />
Fabric tackable acoustical tiles are available in hundreds<br />
of material options. Also available with power/data ports.<br />
Glass Tiles, made of single-pane tempered<br />
glass, allow light in and create an openness<br />
to your workspace.<br />
Hard-surface and painted metal<br />
tiles are sturdy and easy to clean.<br />
Hard-surface tiles can provide a<br />
“wood-look” that is less expensive<br />
and more durable than veneer.<br />
*Aesthetics of opposing tile surface and/or frame interior should be considered when selecting SecureFit or light colored sheer materials.<br />
Abound Tile Overview<br />
1/<strong>2011</strong> Abound Pricer 13
Abound Specifying/Design Guide<br />
Tile Heights<br />
Stacking<br />
35”H<br />
50”H<br />
65”H<br />
80”H<br />
95”H<br />
15”H<br />
15”H<br />
15”H<br />
15”H<br />
15”H<br />
15”H<br />
15”H<br />
15”H<br />
15”H<br />
15”H<br />
15”H<br />
15”H<br />
15”H<br />
15”H<br />
15”H<br />
15”H<br />
15”H<br />
15”H<br />
15”H<br />
15”H<br />
15”H<br />
15”H<br />
30”H<br />
Monolithic tiles are 5” shorter than frame heights to account for top trim and base raceway.<br />
Typical Tile Height Configurations<br />
Segment bars are required between any two tiles — order separately based on tile configuration<br />
on each side of frame. Note: Most CAD specification programs will calculate quantity of segment<br />
bars required.<br />
42”H<br />
37”H<br />
Monolithic<br />
Only<br />
30”H<br />
30”H<br />
15”H<br />
30”H<br />
15”H<br />
15”H<br />
30”H<br />
15”H<br />
15”H<br />
15”H<br />
30”H<br />
45”H<br />
Monolithic<br />
15”H<br />
30”H<br />
37”H<br />
15”H<br />
15”H<br />
30”H<br />
15”H<br />
30”H<br />
30”H<br />
30”H<br />
15”H<br />
30”H<br />
30”H<br />
30”H<br />
45”H<br />
45”H<br />
Monolithic<br />
15”H<br />
45”H<br />
Monolithic<br />
30”H<br />
45”H<br />
Monolithic<br />
45”H<br />
Monolithic<br />
60”H<br />
60”H<br />
Monolithic<br />
45”H<br />
Monolithic<br />
30”H<br />
60”H<br />
Monolithic<br />
30”H<br />
45”H<br />
Monolithic<br />
30”H<br />
*Additional tile combinations to those shown above are possible; heights above 65” require<br />
stacking frames - maximum height is 110”.<br />
To calculate the total height of tiles(s)<br />
required, deduct 5 (height of base/top<br />
trim) from the total nominal panel<br />
height.<br />
EXAMPLE: 65H Frame takes 2 30H<br />
tiles. 65–5 =2x30or45+15<br />
Tiles ordered separately<br />
Tiles can be ordered in the size that<br />
matches the frame height plus the<br />
stacker height.<br />
EXAMPLE: If you are using a 35H<br />
frame plus a 30H stacker, you can<br />
order 2–30H tiles or 1–60H tile.<br />
Door panels include frame, 42W door,<br />
hinges and attaching hardware. Two<br />
71 ⁄ 2H fabric tiles for the top of the<br />
door frame are required and ordered<br />
separately.<br />
Sliding doors are available in 50, 65,<br />
and 80H models and can mount to<br />
30, 36, 42, and 48W panels. The<br />
doors provide a 36W opening and are<br />
42W, nominally. The doors ship nonhanded.<br />
A Mounting Bracket Kit must be<br />
ordered for each door corresponding to<br />
the mounting panel’s width (30, 36,<br />
42, or48W).<br />
Plains Tiles, Painted Metal Tiles and<br />
Hard-surface Tiles include tile and<br />
Custom Bracket Kit.<br />
14 Abound Pricer 1/<strong>2011</strong>
Fabric Tackable<br />
Acoustical Tile<br />
Fabric Tackable<br />
Acoustical Ported Tile<br />
Slotted<br />
Tool Tile<br />
SecureFit Tile Glass Tile Pass-thru Tile<br />
Markerboard Tile Plains Tile Hard-surface Tiles Painted Metal Tile<br />
Tiles — Tackable Acoustical, Tackable Acoustical/Ported<br />
15”H<br />
30”H<br />
37”H<br />
45”H<br />
60”H<br />
24”W 30”W 36”W 42”W 48”W 60”W<br />
Glass Tile Kits, Markerboard, Plains, Painted Metal Tiles<br />
15”H<br />
30”H<br />
24”W 30”W 36”W 42”W 48”W 60”W<br />
Pass-thru Tiles<br />
30”H<br />
24”W 30”W 36”W 42”W 48”W 60”W<br />
Slotted Tool Tile, SecureFit Tile<br />
15”H<br />
24”W 30”W 36”W 42”W 48”W 60”W<br />
Hard-surface Tiles<br />
15”H<br />
30”H<br />
37”H<br />
24”W 30”W 36”W 42”W 48”W 60”W<br />
Abound Specifying/Design Guide<br />
NOTE: 37H tiles only for use<br />
on 42H frames.<br />
1/<strong>2011</strong> Abound Pricer 15
Abound Panel Frames GSA SIN 711-1<br />
➤ Includes frame, top cap,<br />
baserail covers, attaching<br />
hardware and bottom<br />
segment bar.<br />
➤ Frames and tiles are ordered<br />
and shipped separately.<br />
➤ Frames are 2 5 ⁄ 8 thick with a 5H<br />
baserail.<br />
➤ Frames are standard with two<br />
adjustable leveling glides<br />
which can be adjusted from<br />
the bottom of the glide or from the<br />
interior of frame.<br />
➤ Two wire and data<br />
management openings standard per<br />
raceway, 24 panel has one opening.<br />
➤ Lay-in wire management available in<br />
base. Horizontal cable routing<br />
available at beltline.<br />
Description Model<br />
➤ Lay-in top pathway provides<br />
additional data cabling capacity.<br />
Stacking not recommended with<br />
42 frames.<br />
Ship<br />
Weight Cube<br />
List by Paint Grade<br />
Core Metallics<br />
35H Panel Frame<br />
35H x24W HRVF3524 8 1.7 $ 199 $ 231<br />
35H x30W HRVF3530 11 2.1 $ 209 $ 241<br />
35H x36W HRVF3536 13 2.4 $ 219 $ 251<br />
35H x42W HRVF3542 16 2.8 $ 233 $ 265<br />
35H x48W HRVF3548 18 3.2 $ 249 $ 281<br />
35H x60W HRVF3560 23 4.0 $ 282 $ 314<br />
42H Panel Frame<br />
42H x24W HRVF4224 11 2.0 $ 199 $ 231<br />
42H x30W HRVF4230 14 2.4 $ 217 $ 249<br />
42H x36W HRVF4236 17 2.9 $ 230 $ 262<br />
42H x42W HRVF4242 19 3.4 $ 244 $ 276<br />
42H x48W HRVF4248 22 3.8 $ 258 $ 290<br />
42H x60W<br />
Stacking not recommended with 42 frames.<br />
HRVF4260 28 4.7 $ 293 $ 325<br />
50H Panel Frame<br />
50H x24W HRVF5024 14 2.3 $ 217 $ 249<br />
50H x30W HRVF5030 17 2.9 $ 231 $ 263<br />
50H x36W HRVF5036 20 3.4 $ 241 $ 273<br />
50H x42W HRVF5042 24 4.0 $ 255 $ 287<br />
50H x48W HRVF5048 27 4.5 $ 267 $ 299<br />
50H x60W HRVF5060 34 5.6 $ 298 $ 330<br />
65H Panel Frame<br />
65H x24W HRVF6524 17 3.0 $ 232 $ 264<br />
65H x30W HRVF6530 22 3.7 $ 242 $ 274<br />
65H x36W HRVF6536 25 4.4 $ 254 $ 286<br />
65H x42W HRVF6542 30 5.1 $ 268 $ 300<br />
65H x48W HRVF6548 35 5.8 $ 283 $ 315<br />
65H x60W HRVF6560 43 7.2 $ 317 $ 349<br />
How to specify 1st Option<br />
Select Model Number Select Paint Color<br />
from above<br />
See page 6<br />
H R V F 3 5 2 4 . T 4<br />
Icon Legend on page 4<br />
16 Abound Pricer 1/<strong>2011</strong>
➤ Frames and tiles are ordered<br />
and shipped separately.<br />
➤ Includes attachment hardware.<br />
➤ Stacking frames can be added<br />
to the top of any 35H, 50 or<br />
65H frame.<br />
➤ NEW! Stiffener Supports.<br />
Available January 1, 2010.<br />
GSA contract pending<br />
How to specify<br />
➤ No paint selection necessary on<br />
stacking frames.<br />
➤ Stacking frames use the top cap from<br />
the standard frame.<br />
➤ Overhead storage units can be<br />
suspended from stacking frames. See<br />
pages 84-85.<br />
➤ Segment Bars do not need to be<br />
specified for monolithic tiles, when<br />
only a single tile is attached to the<br />
frame.<br />
Stacking not recommended with<br />
42 frames.<br />
Not designed to combine<br />
differing frame widths in a single<br />
stack.<br />
Stacking frames not designed to<br />
be used as a base frame.<br />
Segment bars available in Black<br />
only.<br />
Description Model<br />
Segment Bars are formed, steel<br />
cross members and are required<br />
between tiles and on each side<br />
of the frame.<br />
Ship<br />
Weight Cube List<br />
15H Stacking Panel Frame<br />
15H x24W HRVF1524 8 0.8 $ 160<br />
15H x30W HRVF1530 10 0.9 $ 169<br />
15H x36W HRVF1536 12 1.1 $ 174<br />
15H x42W HRVF1542 14 1.3 $ 180<br />
15H x48W HRVF1548 16 1.5 $ 182<br />
15H x60W HRVF1560 20 1.8 $ 188<br />
30H Stacking Panel Frame<br />
30H x24W HRVF3024 10 1.4 $ 171<br />
30H x30W HRVF3030 12 1.8 $ 180<br />
30H x36W HRVF3036 14 2.1 $ 186<br />
30H x42W HRVF3042 16 2.4 $ 193<br />
30H x48W HRVF3048 18 2.8 $ 197<br />
30H x60W HRVF3060 22 3.4 $ 208<br />
Full Segment Bars<br />
24W HRVFSB24 2 0.4 $ 11<br />
30W HRVFSB30 2 0.4 $ 11<br />
36W HRVFSB36 3 0.5 $ 12<br />
42W HRVFSB42 3 0.5 $ 13<br />
48W HRVFSB48 3 0.6 $ 14<br />
60W<br />
Must order one segment bar per panel reveal, per panel side.<br />
HRVFSB60 4 0.7 $ 15<br />
➤ Tile stiffener supports can be used to ➤ Self-drilling screws included.<br />
increase the stiffness of a panel and Black only. No need to specify.<br />
can also be used to mount<br />
power/data anywhere vertically on an<br />
Abound frame. Can only be used<br />
when there are fabric tiles on both<br />
sides of the frame.<br />
Description Model<br />
Abound Stiffener Supports<br />
Ship<br />
Weight Cube List<br />
Stiffener Support<br />
24W HRVSS24 1 0.4 $ 37<br />
30W HRVSS30 1 0.4 $ 39<br />
36W HRVSS36 4 0.5 $ 43<br />
42W HRVSS42 4 0.5 $ 55<br />
48W HRVSS48 4 0.5 $ 60<br />
60W<br />
Black only. No need to specify paint.<br />
HRVSS60 4 0.7 $ 66<br />
Select Model Number<br />
from above<br />
H R V F 1 5 2 4<br />
Icon Legend on page 4<br />
GSA SIN 711-1 Abound Stacking Panel Frames<br />
1/<strong>2011</strong> Abound Pricer 17
Abound Door Panel GSA SIN 711-1<br />
Door Panel Frame<br />
➤ Includes frame, 42W door,<br />
hinges and attaching<br />
hardware.<br />
➤ Lockset or Knob ordered<br />
separately.<br />
7 1 ⁄ 2H tiles above the door<br />
are required and must be<br />
specified and ordered<br />
separately.<br />
Description Model<br />
Ship<br />
Weight Cube<br />
List by Paint Grade<br />
Core Metallics<br />
Door Panel — Laminate<br />
42H x95W HRVD9542 155 5.4 $1742 $1774<br />
Fabric tiles for above the door are required for door installation. Order tiles separately — see below.<br />
Two tiles are required for installation.<br />
How to specify 1st Option 2nd Option<br />
Select Model Number<br />
Select Paint Color Select Door Laminate<br />
from above<br />
See page 6 See page 6<br />
H R V D 9 5 4 2 . T 4 . K 2<br />
Description Model<br />
Ship<br />
Weight Cube<br />
List by Fabric Grade<br />
II III IV M1 M2 M3 M4 M5 M6<br />
Fabric Tiles for Door Panel<br />
71 ⁄ 2H x42W HRVD0742T 3 1.2 $ 61 $ 65 $ 69 $ 73 $ 77 $ 83 $ 86 $ 90 $ 93<br />
Must be ordered with the Door Panel model above.<br />
Required for door installation.<br />
Two tiles must be ordered for installation. Tiles ship 1/pkg.<br />
How to specify 1st Option<br />
Select Model Number<br />
Select Fabric Color<br />
from above<br />
See page 7<br />
H R V D 0 7 4 2 T . D B 3 0<br />
Description Model<br />
Ship<br />
Weight Cube List<br />
Lockset (Door Knob)<br />
Polished Brass, keyed on one side HN899900 2 s 0.1 $ 76<br />
Door Lever<br />
Brushed Aluminum, keyed on one side HN899910 2 s 0.1 $ 218<br />
s Icon Legend on page 4<br />
18 Abound Pricer 1/<strong>2011</strong>
➤ The Sliding Doors are available ➤ All doors are 42 wide, provide a<br />
in 50, 65, and 80H models 36W opening, and are non-handed.<br />
and can mount to 30, 36,<br />
42, and 48W panels.<br />
A Mounting Bracket Kit must be<br />
ordered for each door<br />
corresponding to the mounting<br />
panels width (30, 36, 42, or<br />
48W).<br />
Description Model<br />
Ship<br />
Weight Cube<br />
List by Paint Grade<br />
Core Metallics<br />
Abound Sliding Door<br />
50H x42W HH15042SD 28 5.5 $1515 $1547<br />
65H x42W HH16542SD 38 7.1 $1845 $1877<br />
80H x42W HH18042SD 46 8.6 $2255 $2287<br />
Door is only available in Frosted Translucent. Specify paint for frame.<br />
Mounting Kit for Abound Sliding Door<br />
For 30W panel HHKDMK30 4 0.4 $ 125 $ 135<br />
For 36W panel HHKDMK36 5 0.5 $ 132 $ 142<br />
For 42W panel HHKDMK42 6 0.5 $ 138 $ 148<br />
For 48W panel<br />
NOTES: Specify paint.<br />
HHKDMK48 7 0.5 $ 144 $ 154<br />
How to specify 1st Option<br />
Select Model Number<br />
Select Paint Color<br />
from above<br />
See page 6<br />
H H 1 5 0 4 2 S D . T 1<br />
Icon Legend on page 4<br />
GSA CONTRACT PENDING Abound Sliding Door<br />
1/<strong>2011</strong> Abound Pricer 19
Abound Connectors GSA SIN 711-1<br />
➤ L, T and X Connectors are used<br />
when connecting frames at<br />
intersecting runs. Add 2 3 ⁄ 4 to<br />
the frame run for each<br />
connector.<br />
➤ All connectors include a lightgap<br />
strip.<br />
➤ Abound connectors utilize a universal<br />
connector block designed to make<br />
one connection to the panel.<br />
➤ Bracket clips come standard.<br />
➤ 7H connectors include one<br />
connector block; 15H, 22H, 30H<br />
include two connector blocks; 50H<br />
includes three connector blocks and<br />
65H includes four connector blocks.<br />
➤ Connectors ship complete with trim.<br />
➤ No universal top cap with 7H-30H<br />
connectors. These are to be used<br />
where base height connectors are<br />
also used, therefore additional top<br />
caps are not necessary.<br />
➤ Outer trim snaps easily into place.<br />
➤ Extended Straight Connectors are<br />
used to keep a frame run<br />
dimensionally consistent with<br />
opposing frame runs. Add 2 3 ⁄ 4 to<br />
the length of the run with each<br />
Extended Straight Connector used.<br />
Description Model<br />
Ship<br />
Weight Cube<br />
List by Paint Grade<br />
Core Metallics<br />
“L” 90 Painted Connector<br />
7H Frame (Does not include top cap, see bullet above) HRVC7PL 1 s 0.1 $ 66 $ 81<br />
15H Frame (Does not include top cap, see bullet above) HRVC15PL 2 s 0.1 $ 76 $ 91<br />
22H Frame (Does not include top cap, see bullet above) HRVC22PL 2 s 0.2 $ 87 $ 102<br />
30H Frame (Does not include top cap, see bullet above) HRVC30PL 3 s 0.3 $ 98 $ 113<br />
35H Frame HRVC35PL 3 s 0.3 $ 98 $ 113<br />
42H Frame HRVC42PL 4 s 0.4 $ 108 $ 123<br />
50H Frame HRVC50PL 5 s 0.5 $ 113 $ 128<br />
65H Frame HRVC65PL 6 s 0.6 $ 118 $ 133<br />
80H Frame HRVC80PL 6 s 0.8 $ 123 $ 138<br />
“T” 3-Way Painted Connector<br />
7H Frame (Does not include top cap, see bullet above) HRVC7PT 1 s 0.1 $ 66 $ 81<br />
15H Frame (Does not include top cap, see bullet above) HRVC15PT 2 s 0.1 $ 76 $ 91<br />
22H Frame (Does not include top cap, see bullet above) HRVC22PT 2 s 0.2 $ 87 $ 102<br />
30H Frame (Does not include top cap, see bullet above) HRVC30PT 3 s 0.3 $ 98 $ 113<br />
35H Frame HRVC35PT 3 s 0.3 $ 98 $ 113<br />
42H Frame HRVC42PT 4 s 0.4 $ 108 $ 123<br />
50H Frame HRVC50PT 5 s 0.5 $ 113 $ 128<br />
65H Frame HRVC65PT 6 s 0.6 $ 118 $ 133<br />
80H Frame HRVC80PT 6 s 0.8 $ 123 $ 138<br />
“X” 4-Way Painted Connector<br />
7H Frame (Does not include top cap, see bullet above) HRVC7PX 1 s 0.1 $ 53 $ 61<br />
15H Frame (Does not include top cap, see bullet above) HRVC15PX 2 s 0.1 $ 60 $ 68<br />
22H Frame (Does not include top cap, see bullet above) HRVC22PX 2 s 0.2 $ 67 $ 75<br />
30H Frame (Does not include top cap, see bullet above) HRVC30PX 3 s 0.3 $ 76 $ 84<br />
35H Frame HRVC35PX 3 s 0.3 $ 76 $ 84<br />
42H Frame HRVC42PX 4 s 0.4 $ 103 $ 111<br />
50H Frame HRVC50PX 6 s 0.5 $ 108 $ 116<br />
65H Frame HRVC65PX 7 s 0.6 $ 113 $ 121<br />
80H Frame HRVC80PX 6 s 0.8 $ 118 $ 133<br />
“S” Extended Straight Painted Connector<br />
7H Frame (Does not include top cap, see bullet above) HRVC7PS 1 s 0.1 $ 85 $ 100<br />
15H Frame (Does not include top cap, see bullet above) HRVC15PS 2 s 0.1 $ 92 $ 107<br />
22H Frame (Does not include top cap, see bullet above) HRVC22PS 2 s 0.2 $ 99 $ 114<br />
30H Frame (Does not include top cap, see bullet above) HRVC30PS 3 s 0.3 $ 108 $ 123<br />
35H Frame HRVC35PS 3 s 0.3 $ 108 $ 123<br />
42H Frame HRVC42PS 4 s 0.4 $ 125 $ 140<br />
50H Frame HRVC50PS 6 s 0.5 $ 130 $ 145<br />
65H Frame HRVC65PS 7 s 0.6 $ 140 $ 155<br />
80H Frame HRVC80PS 7 s 0.8 $ 150 $ 165<br />
How to specify 1st Option<br />
Select Model Number Select Paint Color<br />
from above<br />
See page 6<br />
H R V C 3 5 P L . T 4<br />
s Icon Legend on page 4<br />
20 Abound Pricer 1/<strong>2011</strong>
➤ 35H-42H connectors include ➤ Use Y Connectors for 120<br />
two universal connector blocks,<br />
50H includes three brackets<br />
and 65H includes four<br />
brackets.<br />
applications.<br />
➤ Abound connectors utilize a universal<br />
connector block designed to make<br />
one connection to the panel.<br />
➤ Connectors ship complete with trim.<br />
➤ Bracket clips come standard.<br />
➤ Outer trim snaps easily into place.<br />
Description Model<br />
Ship<br />
Weight Cube<br />
List by Paint Grade<br />
Core Metallics<br />
“Y” 120 Degree, Two-Sided, Painted Connector<br />
35H Frame HRVC35PY2 3 s 0.3 $ 98 $ 113<br />
42H Frame HRVC42PY2 4 s 0.4 $ 108 $ 123<br />
50H Frame HRVC50PY2 5 s 0.5 $ 118 $ 133<br />
65H Frame HRVC65PY2 6 s 0.6 $ 130 $ 145<br />
“Y” 120 Degree, Three-Sided, Painted Connector<br />
35H Frame HRVC35PY3 3 s 0.3 $ 87 $ 102<br />
42H Frame HRVC42PY3 4 s 0.4 $ 98 $ 113<br />
50H Frame HRVC50PY3 5 s 0.5 $ 108 $ 123<br />
65H Frame HRVC65PY3 6 s 0.6 $ 118 $ 133<br />
How to specify 1st Option<br />
Select Model Number<br />
Select Paint Color<br />
from above<br />
See page 6<br />
H R V C 3 5 P Y 2 . T 3<br />
s Icon Legend on page 4<br />
GSA SIN 711-1 Abound Connectors<br />
1/<strong>2011</strong> Abound Pricer 21
Abound Variable Height Finished End and Wall Starter Kits GSA SIN 711-1<br />
➤ Specify to frame height.<br />
➤ Snaps easily onto end of frame.<br />
➤ 35H end trim includes top cap<br />
and vertical trim.<br />
Specify paint<br />
GSA contract pending<br />
➤ 15H and 30H Finished End Trims<br />
do not include a top cap. These are<br />
only used for stacking frames which<br />
utilize the top trim and cap from the<br />
base frame to which they are<br />
attached.<br />
➤ 42, 50 and 65H frames include<br />
painted top cap, vertical trim and<br />
carpet grippers for extra stability.<br />
➤ End trim is full length to floor; no<br />
baserail cap is necessary.<br />
➤ Finished Ends include top cap trim.<br />
Adds 3 ⁄ 8 to panel run.<br />
Description Model<br />
➤ Wall Starter Kit allows panel to start<br />
from a wall. Specify trim color.<br />
➤ Wall Starter adds 3 ⁄ 4 to length of<br />
panel run.<br />
➤ Anchor devices are not supplied with<br />
the wall starter kits.<br />
Ship<br />
Weight Cube<br />
List by Paint Grade<br />
Core Metallics<br />
Finished End<br />
15H Finished End HRVC15PF 1 s 0.1 $ 44 $ 59<br />
30H Finished End HRVC30PF 2 s 0.3 $ 55 $ 70<br />
35H Finished End HRVC35PF 2 s 0.3 $ 55 $ 70<br />
42H Finished End HRVC42PF 2 s 0.4 $ 60 $ 75<br />
50H Finished End HRVC50PF 3 s 0.5 $ 65 $ 80<br />
65H Finished End HRVC65PF 4 s 0.6 $ 70 $ 85<br />
80H Finished End HRVC80PF 4 s 0.8 $ 75 $ 90<br />
Variable Height Painted Finished End<br />
7 Variable Height Finished End HRVC7PFV 1 s 0.1 $ 44 $ 52<br />
15 Variable Height Finished End HRVC15PFV 1 s 0.1 $ 44 $ 52<br />
22 Variable Height Finished End HRVC22PFV 2 s 0.2 $ 55 $ 63<br />
30 Variable Height Finished End HRVC30PFV 2 s 0.3 $ 55 $ 63<br />
Variable Height Painted Finished End Over Connector<br />
7 Variable Height Finished End Over Connector HRVC7PFT 1 s 0.1 $ 44 $ 52<br />
15 Variable Height Finished End Over Connector HRVC15PFT 1 s 0.1 $ 44 $ 52<br />
22 Variable Height Finished End Over Connector HRVC22PFT 2 s 0.2 $ 55 $ 63<br />
30 Variable Height Finished End Over Connector HRVC30PFT 2 s 0.3 $ 55 $ 63<br />
Wall Starter Kit<br />
65H HRVC65PW 5 s 0.6 $ 130 $ 145<br />
Wall Starter in Black only. Top cap for Wall Starter can be specified in all standard paints.<br />
Permanent Wall Hanger Kit<br />
17 ⁄ 8W x1D x66H HRVC35PCE 6 s 0.7 $ 162 $ 180<br />
33 ⁄ 4W x2D x66H HRVC35PCM 3 s 0.7 $ 84 $ 92<br />
Anchor devices are not supplied with this model. Refer to Abound Installation instructions for appropriate hardware. Attachment to<br />
masonry walls is not recommended.<br />
Wall Hanger Segment Bars<br />
24W HRVFSBW24 2 s 0.4 $ 22<br />
30W HRVFSBW30 2 s 0.4 $ 22<br />
36W HRVFSBW36 3 s 0.5 $ 24<br />
42W HRVFSBW42 3 s 0.5 $ 26<br />
48W HRVFSBW48 3 s 0.6 $ 28<br />
60W HRVFSBW60 4 s 0.7 $ 30<br />
Includes two tile bars. Top bar may only be used in the top uppermost position on Wall Track. Bottom bar can be used in the bottom<br />
position at any point on the wall hangers. When segmenting tiles on Wall Hangers, standard Segment Bars (page 17) must be ordered for<br />
placement between each tile reveal or at the top position of a single tile that is not in the uppermost position.<br />
Off-Module Bracket Kit<br />
• Includes top and bottom attachment brackets and top trim finished end.<br />
• Installation requires defacing of the top tile.<br />
HRVOMOD 2 s 0.1 $ 60 $ 68<br />
Cannot be mounted in locations where the bottom bracket covers electrical cutouts in the base pathway on parent run panels.<br />
How to specify 1st Option<br />
Select Model Number Select Paint Color<br />
from above<br />
See page 6<br />
H R V C 7 P F T . T 3<br />
s Icon Legend on page 4<br />
22 Abound Pricer 1/<strong>2011</strong>
Notes<br />
1/<strong>2011</strong> Abound Pricer 23
Abound Tackable Acoustical Tiles GSA SIN 711-1<br />
➤ NEW! 71/2 Tackable ➤ Tiles are non-dedicated.<br />
Acoustical Tiles. Available ➤ For monolithic applications, subtract<br />
January 1, <strong>2011</strong>.<br />
➤ Tackable Acoustical tiles ship<br />
with attachment clips attached.<br />
5 from the frame height to<br />
determine monolithic tile height.<br />
GSA contract pending<br />
Description Model<br />
Fabric tiles have a Class A fire rating.<br />
Tiles do not include segment<br />
bars, must be ordered separately.<br />
See page 17. Not needed on<br />
monolithic tiles.<br />
Ship<br />
Weight Cube<br />
37H tiles are monolithic; only<br />
for use on 42H frames and not<br />
designed to be used in<br />
combination on taller frames.<br />
One segment bar required per<br />
panel reveal, per panel side.<br />
List by Fabric Grade<br />
II III IV M1 M2 M3 M4 M5 M6<br />
7 1 ⁄ 2H Tackable Acoustical Fabric Tiles<br />
7 1 ⁄ 2H x24W HRVT0724T 2 s 0.4 $ 44 $ 47 $ 50 $ 52 $ 55 $ 58 $ 63 $ 68 $ 71<br />
7 1 ⁄ 2H x30W HRVT0730T 2 s 0.5 $ 52 $ 55 $ 58 $ 62 $ 65 $ 68 $ 75 $ 78 $ 81<br />
7 1 ⁄ 2H x36W HRVT0736T 2 s 0.6 $ 56 $ 59 $ 62 $ 66 $ 69 $ 72 $ 79 $ 82 $ 85<br />
7 1 ⁄ 2H x42W HRVT0742T 2 s 0.7 $ 61 $ 65 $ 69 $ 73 $ 77 $ 83 $ 86 $ 90 $ 93<br />
7 1 ⁄ 2H x48W HRVT0748T 2 s 0.8 $ 65 $ 69 $ 73 $ 77 $ 81 $ 87 $ 90 $ 94 $ 97<br />
7 1 ⁄ 2H x60W HRVT0760T 3 s 1.0 $ 80 $ 84 $ 88 $ 92 $ 96 $ 102 $ 106 $ 109 $ 112<br />
15H Tackable Acoustical Fabric Tiles<br />
15H x24W HRVT1524T 2 s 0.8 $ 46 $ 54 $ 62 $ 70 $ 78 $ 86 $ 102 $ 118 $ 126<br />
15H x30W HRVT1530T 2 s 0.9 $ 47 $ 57 $ 67 $ 77 $ 87 $ 97 $ 117 $ 127 $ 137<br />
15H x36W HRVT1536T 2 s 1.1 $ 51 $ 61 $ 71 $ 81 $ 91 $ 101 $ 121 $ 131 $ 141<br />
15H x42W HRVT1542T 2 s 1.3 $ 53 $ 65 $ 77 $ 89 $ 101 $ 120 $ 130 $ 140 $ 150<br />
15H x48W HRVT1548T 2 s 1.5 $ 57 $ 69 $ 81 $ 93 $ 105 $ 124 $ 134 $ 144 $ 154<br />
15H x60W HRVT1560T 3 s 1.8 $ 66 $ 78 $ 91 $ 103 $ 115 $ 134 $ 144 $ 154 $ 164<br />
30H Tackable Acoustical Tiles<br />
30H x24W HRVT3024T 2 s 1.4 $ 62 $ 72 $ 82 $ 92 $ 102 $ 112 $ 137 $ 147 $ 157<br />
30H x30W HRVT3030T 2 s 1.8 $ 65 $ 77 $ 89 $ 101 $ 113 $ 125 $ 157 $ 197 $ 207<br />
30H x36W HRVT3036T 2 s 2.1 $ 72 $ 89 $ 104 $ 114 $ 144 $ 164 $ 199 $ 209 $ 219<br />
30H x42W HRVT3042T 3 s 2.4 $ 82 $ 97 $ 112 $ 122 $ 152 $ 172 $ 207 $ 217 $ 227<br />
30H x48W HRVT3048T 3 s 2.8 $ 88 $ 103 $ 118 $ 128 $ 158 $ 178 $ 213 $ 223 $ 233<br />
30H x60W HRVT3060T 4 s 3.4 $ 98 $ 113 $ 128 $ 138 $ 168 $ 188 $ 223 $ 233 $ 243<br />
37H Tackable Acoustical Tiles<br />
37H x24W HRVT3724T 2 s 2.0 $ 74 $ 89 $ 104 $ 119 $ 149 $ 169 $ 199 $ 209 $ 219<br />
37H x30W HRVT3730T 3 s 2.4 $ 85 $ 100 $ 115 $ 130 $ 160 $ 180 $ 210 $ 220 $ 230<br />
37H x36W HRVT3736T 4 s 2.9 $ 96 $ 111 $ 129 $ 147 $ 187 $ 207 $ 254 $ 264 $ 274<br />
37H x42W HRVT3742T 4 s 3.4 $ 108 $ 123 $ 143 $ 163 $ 203 $ 238 $ 286 $ 297 $ 308<br />
37H x48W HRVT3748T 5 s 3.8 $ 114 $ 134 $ 155 $ 175 $ 216 $ 252 $ 298 $ 309 $ 319<br />
37H x60W HRVT3760T 6 4.6 $ 130 $ 155 $ 180 $ 206 $ 247 $ 283 $ 338 $ 350 $ 360<br />
Segment bars ordered separately. See page 17.<br />
How to specify 1st Option<br />
Select Model Number<br />
Select Fabric Color<br />
from above<br />
See page 7<br />
H R V T 1 5 2 4 T . D B 3 0<br />
s Icon Legend on page 4<br />
24 Abound Pricer 1/<strong>2011</strong>
➤ Tiles are non-dedicated.<br />
➤ Tackable Acoustical tiles ship<br />
with attachment clips attached.<br />
➤ For monolithic applications, subtract<br />
5 from the frame height to<br />
determine monolithic tile height.<br />
Description Model<br />
Fabric tiles have a Class A fire rating. Tiles do not include segment<br />
bars, must be ordered separately.<br />
See page 17. Not needed on<br />
monolithic tiles.<br />
Ship<br />
Weight Cube<br />
One segment bar required per<br />
panel reveal, per panel side.<br />
List by Fabric Grade<br />
II III IV M1 M2 M3 M4 M5 M6<br />
45H Tackable Acoustical Tiles<br />
45H x24W HRVT4524T 2 s 2.3 $ 81 $ 99 $ 118 $ 136 $ 177 $ 198 $ 242 $ 253 $ 264<br />
45H x30W HRVT4530T 3 s 2.9 $ 93 $ 113 $ 133 $ 154 $ 194 $ 230 $ 276 $ 287 $ 297<br />
45H x36W HRVT4536T 5 s 3.4 $ 112 $ 132 $ 153 $ 173 $ 214 $ 250 $ 296 $ 307 $ 317<br />
45H x42W HRVT4542T 5 4.0 $ 130 $ 150 $ 170 $ 191 $ 231 $ 267 $ 313 $ 324 $ 334<br />
45H x48W HRVT4548T 6 4.5 $ 148 $ 168 $ 189 $ 209 $ 250 $ 286 $ 331 $ 343 $ 353<br />
45H x60W HRVT4560T 7 5.6 $ 161 $ 186 $ 212 $ 238 $ 278 $ 314 $ 370 $ 382 $ 392<br />
60H Tackable Acoustical Tiles<br />
60H x24W HRVT6024T 3 s 3.0 $ 96 $ 126 $ 157 $ 187 $ 228 $ 269 $ 320 $ 331 $ 342<br />
60H x30W HRVT6030T 4 s 3.7 $ 110 $ 145 $ 181 $ 212 $ 253 $ 299 $ 360 $ 371 $ 382<br />
60H x36W HRVT6036T 6 4.4 $ 128 $ 163 $ 198 $ 229 $ 270 $ 316 $ 377 $ 389 $ 399<br />
60H x42W HRVT6042T 6 5.1 $ 140 $ 180 $ 221 $ 252 $ 303 $ 354 $ 415 $ 427 $ 437<br />
60H x48W HRVT6048T 7 5.8 $ 156 $ 196 $ 237 $ 268 $ 319 $ 370 $ 472 $ 484 $ 494<br />
60H x60W HRVT6060T 9 7.2 $ 169 $ 214 $ 260 $ 291 $ 352 $ 428 $ 505 $ 517 $ 527<br />
Segment bars ordered separately. See page 17.<br />
How to specify 1st Option<br />
Select Model Number<br />
Select Fabric Color<br />
from above<br />
See page 7<br />
H R V T 4 5 2 4 T . D B 3 0<br />
s Icon Legend on page 4<br />
GSA SIN 711-1 Abound Tackable Acoustical Tiles<br />
1/<strong>2011</strong> Abound Pricer 25
Abound Power/Data Fabric Tiles GSA SIN 711-1<br />
➤ 15 Power/Data tile can be<br />
used on 50H, or higher, for<br />
beltline access.<br />
➤ 30H Port tiles can be used in<br />
base position on 50H or<br />
higher frames for data/power<br />
access at beltline.<br />
➤ Power/Data tiles are tackable and<br />
acoustical.<br />
➤ Tackable Acoustical Power/Data tiles<br />
ship with attachment clips attached.<br />
➤ Tiles are non-dedicated.<br />
Description Model<br />
➤ Receptacle openings with blank<br />
covers have one in 24W tiles and 2<br />
in wider tiles.<br />
➤ Power/Data grommet opening is<br />
2 11 ⁄ 16W x1 3 ⁄ 8H. With glides<br />
retracted grommets are 30 1 ⁄ 2 from<br />
the floor and 10 1 ⁄ 2 from the edge of<br />
the frame.<br />
Ship<br />
Weight Cube<br />
➤ Power/Data ports are factory<br />
installed.<br />
Fabric tiles have a Class A fire rating.<br />
Tiles do not include segment<br />
bars, must be ordered separately.<br />
See page 17. Can be used in any<br />
combination.<br />
One segment bar required per<br />
panel reveal, per panel side.<br />
Electrical mounting brackets<br />
must be ordered separately. See<br />
page 52.<br />
List by Fabric Grade<br />
II III IV M1 M2 M3 M4 M5 M6<br />
15H Power/Data Fabric Tiles<br />
15H x24W HRVT1524E 2 s 0.8 $ 92 $ 100 $ 108 $ 116 $ 124 $ 132 $ 148 $ 164 $ 172<br />
15H x30W HRVT1530E 2 s 0.9 $ 93 $ 103 $ 113 $ 123 $ 134 $ 144 $ 164 $ 174 $ 184<br />
15H x36W HRVT1536E 2 s 1.1 $ 97 $ 107 $ 117 $ 127 $ 137 $ 147 $ 167 $ 177 $ 187<br />
15H x42W HRVT1542E 2 s 1.3 $ 99 $ 111 $ 123 $ 135 $ 147 $ 166 $ 176 $ 186 $ 196<br />
15H x48W HRVT1548E 2 s 1.5 $ 103 $ 115 $ 127 $ 139 $ 151 $ 170 $ 180 $ 190 $ 200<br />
15H x60W HRVT1560E 3 s 1.8 $ 112 $ 124 $ 136 $ 148 $ 160 $ 179 $ 189 $ 199 $ 209<br />
30H Power/Data Fabric Tiles<br />
30H x24W HRVT3024E 2 s 1.4 $ 108 $ 118 $ 128 $ 138 $ 148 $ 158 $ 183 $ 193 $ 203<br />
30H x30W HRVT3030E 2 s 1.8 $ 111 $ 123 $ 135 $ 147 $ 159 $ 171 $ 203 $ 243 $ 253<br />
30H x36W HRVT3036E 2 s 2.1 $ 118 $ 133 $ 148 $ 158 $ 188 $ 208 $ 243 $ 253 $ 263<br />
30H x42W HRVT3042E 3 s 2.4 $ 129 $ 144 $ 159 $ 169 $ 199 $ 219 $ 254 $ 264 $ 274<br />
30H x48W HRVT3048E 3 s 2.8 $ 134 $ 149 $ 164 $ 174 $ 204 $ 224 $ 259 $ 269 $ 279<br />
30H x60W HRVT3060E 4 s 3.4 $ 144 $ 159 $ 174 $ 184 $ 214 $ 234 $ 269 $ 279 $ 289<br />
37H Power/Data Fabric Tiles<br />
37H x24W HRVT3724E 2 s 2.0 $ 120 $ 135 $ 150 $ 165 $ 195 $ 215 $ 245 $ 255 $ 265<br />
37H x30W HRVT3730E 3 s 2.4 $ 131 $ 146 $ 161 $ 176 $ 206 $ 226 $ 256 $ 266 $ 276<br />
37H x36W HRVT3736E 4 s 2.9 $ 139 $ 157 $ 175 $ 193 $ 233 $ 253 $ 297 $ 307 $ 317<br />
37H x42W HRVT3742E 4 s 3.4 $ 149 $ 169 $ 189 $ 209 $ 249 $ 284 $ 329 $ 339 $ 349<br />
37H x48W HRVT3748E 5 s 3.8 $ 160 $ 180 $ 201 $ 221 $ 262 $ 298 $ 344 $ 355 $ 365<br />
37H x60W HRVT3760E 6 4.7 $ 176 $ 201 $ 226 $ 252 $ 293 $ 329 $ 385 $ 396 $ 406<br />
Segment bars ordered separately. See page 17.<br />
How to specify 1st Option 2nd Option<br />
Select Model Number<br />
from above<br />
Select Fabric Color Select Electrical Power/Data<br />
Grommet Color<br />
See page 7 See page 6<br />
H R V T 1 5 2 4 E . D B 3 0 . T 5<br />
s Icon Legend on page 4<br />
26 Abound Pricer 1/<strong>2011</strong>
➤ Tiles are non-dedicated.<br />
➤ Tackable Acoustical<br />
Power/Data tiles ship with<br />
attachment clips attached.<br />
➤ Power/Data grommet opening is<br />
2 11 ⁄ 16W x1 3 ⁄ 8H. With glides<br />
retracted grommet are 30 1 ⁄ 2 from<br />
the floor and 10 1 ⁄ 2 from the edge of<br />
the frame.<br />
Description Model<br />
➤ Power/Data ports are factory<br />
installed.<br />
Fabric tiles have a Class A fire rating.<br />
Ship<br />
Weight Cube<br />
Tiles do not include segment<br />
bars, must be ordered separately.<br />
See page 17. Can be used in any<br />
combination.<br />
One segment bar required per<br />
panel reveal, per panel side.<br />
Electrical mounting brackets<br />
must be ordered separately. See<br />
page 52.<br />
List by Fabric Grade<br />
II III IV M1 M2 M3 M4 M5 M6<br />
45H Power/Data Fabric Tiles<br />
45H x24W HRVT4524E 2 s 2.3 $ 128 $ 146 $ 164 $ 182 $ 223 $ 244 $ 288 $ 300 $ 310<br />
45H x30W HRVT4530E 3 s 2.9 $ 139 $ 159 $ 179 $ 200 $ 240 $ 276 $ 322 $ 333 $ 344<br />
45H x36W HRVT4536E 5 s 3.4 $ 158 $ 178 $ 199 $ 219 $ 260 $ 296 $ 342 $ 353 $ 363<br />
45H x42W HRVT4542E 5 4.0 $ 176 $ 196 $ 216 $ 237 $ 277 $ 313 $ 359 $ 370 $ 381<br />
45H x48W HRVT4548E 6 4.5 $ 194 $ 214 $ 235 $ 255 $ 296 $ 332 $ 378 $ 389 $ 399<br />
45H x60W HRVT4560E 7 5.6 $ 208 $ 233 $ 258 $ 284 $ 324 $ 360 $ 416 $ 428 $ 438<br />
60H Power/Data Fabric Tiles<br />
60H x24W HRVT6024E 3 s 3.0 $ 142 $ 172 $ 203 $ 233 $ 274 $ 315 $ 366 $ 377 $ 388<br />
60H x30W HRVT6030E 4 s 3.7 $ 156 $ 191 $ 227 $ 258 $ 299 $ 345 $ 406 $ 417 $ 428<br />
60H x36W HRVT6036E 6 4.4 $ 174 $ 209 $ 245 $ 275 $ 316 $ 362 $ 423 $ 435 $ 445<br />
60H x42W HRVT6042E 6 5.1 $ 186 $ 226 $ 267 $ 298 $ 349 $ 400 $ 461 $ 473 $ 483<br />
60H x48W HRVT6048E 7 5.8 $ 202 $ 242 $ 283 $ 314 $ 365 $ 416 $ 518 $ 530 $ 540<br />
60H x60W HRVT6060E 9 7.2 $ 215 $ 260 $ 306 $ 337 $ 398 $ 474 $ 551 $ 563 $ 573<br />
Segment bars ordered separately. See page 17.<br />
How to specify 1st Option 2nd Option<br />
Select Model Number<br />
from above<br />
GSA SIN 711-1 Abound Power/Data Fabric Tiles<br />
Select Fabric Color Select Electrical Power/Data<br />
Grommet Color<br />
See page 7 See page 6<br />
H R V T 4 5 2 4 E . D B 3 0 . T 5<br />
s Icon Legend on page 4<br />
1/<strong>2011</strong> Abound Pricer 27
Abound Hard-surface Tiles<br />
➤ Tiles are made from highpressure<br />
laminate.<br />
➤ Available in all standard HON<br />
laminates.<br />
➤ On woodgrain laminates, grain<br />
direction is vertical.<br />
➤ Tiles attach with Custom Tile Bracket<br />
Kit — included.<br />
➤ Specify paint color.<br />
➤ 15H and 30H tiles are nondedicated<br />
and can be used in any tile<br />
position (except on 42H frames.)<br />
All tiles ship with Custom<br />
Bracket Kit.<br />
One segment bar is required per<br />
panel reveal, per panel side.<br />
Description Model<br />
Tiles do not ship with segment<br />
bars — must be ordered<br />
separately. See page 17. Segment<br />
bars are not needed for 42H<br />
monolithic tiles.<br />
Ship<br />
Weight Cube List<br />
15 Hard-surface Tile and Mounting Kit<br />
15H x24W HRVT1524HS 11 0.8 $ 157<br />
15H x30W HRVT1530HS 13 0.9 $ 166<br />
15H x36W HRVT1536HS 15 1.1 $ 178<br />
15H x42W HRVT1542HS 17 1.3 $ 188<br />
15H x48W HRVT1548HS 21 1.5 $ 198<br />
15H x60W HRVT1560HS 25 1.8 $ 223<br />
30 Hard-surface Tile and Mounting Kit<br />
30H x24W HRVT3024HS 17 1.4 $ 195<br />
30H x30W HRVT3030HS 19 1.8 $ 208<br />
30H x36W HRVT3036HS 21 2.1 $ 232<br />
30H x42W HRVT3042HS 24 2.4 $ 255<br />
30H x48W HRVT3048HS 28 2.8 $ 268<br />
30H x60W HRVT3060HS 30 3.4 $ 295<br />
37 Hard-surface Tile and Mounting Kit<br />
37H x24W HRVT3724HS 17 1.4 $ 236<br />
37H x30W HRVT3730HS 17 1.8 $ 261<br />
37H x36W HRVT3736HS 19 2.1 $ 287<br />
37H x42W HRVT3742HS 21 2.4 $ 315<br />
37H x48W HRVT3748HS 24 2.8 $ 341<br />
37H x60W HRVT3760HS 30 3.4 $ 390<br />
How to specify 1st Option 2nd Option<br />
Select Model Number<br />
Select Laminate Color Select Paint Color<br />
from above<br />
See page 6 See page 6<br />
H R V T 1 5 2 4 H S . H . T 1<br />
Icon Legend on page 4<br />
28 Abound Pricer 1/<strong>2011</strong>
Notes<br />
1/<strong>2011</strong> Abound Pricer 29
Abound Clear Glass Tiles GSA SIN 711-1<br />
➤ Glass is off-set and may be<br />
placed on either side of the<br />
frame.<br />
➤ Tile is a single-pane, tempered glass.<br />
Glass tiles have a Class A fire rating.<br />
Tiles do not include segment<br />
bars, must be ordered separately.<br />
See page 17. Can be used in any<br />
combination.<br />
Description Model<br />
Not designed to be used on the<br />
second tier of the system due to<br />
interference with the horizontal<br />
support.<br />
Ship<br />
Weight Cube<br />
List by Paint Grade<br />
Core Metallics<br />
15H Clear Glass Tiles<br />
15H x24W HRVT1524G 12 s 0.8 $ 349 $ 367<br />
15H x30W HRVT1530G 15 s 0.9 $ 371 $ 389<br />
15H x36W HRVT1536G 17 s 1.1 $ 392 $ 410<br />
15H x42W HRVT1542G 19 s 1.3 $ 419 $ 437<br />
15H x48W HRVT1548G 20 s 1.5 $ 450 $ 468<br />
15H x60W HRVT1560G 26 s 1.8 $ 537 $ 555<br />
30H Clear Glass Tiles<br />
30H x24W HRVT3024G 15 s 1.4 $ 467 $ 485<br />
30H x30W HRVT3030G 21 s 1.8 $ 499 $ 517<br />
30H x36W HRVT3036G 22 s 2.1 $ 531 $ 549<br />
30H x42W HRVT3042G 25 s 2.4 $ 574 $ 592<br />
30H x48W HRVT3048G 28 s 2.9 $ 617 $ 635<br />
30H x60W<br />
Segment bars ordered separately. See page 17.<br />
HRVT3060G 33 s 3.4 $ 724 $ 742<br />
How to specify 1st Option<br />
Select Model Number<br />
Select Interior Shroud Paint Color<br />
from above<br />
See page 6. Available in all Core/Metallic paint colors.<br />
H R V T 1 5 2 4 G . T 1<br />
s Icon Legend on page 4<br />
30 Abound Pricer 1/<strong>2011</strong>
➤ Tile is a single-pane, tempered<br />
glass.<br />
➤ Glass is off-set and may be placed on<br />
either side of the frame.<br />
Glass tiles have a Class A fire rating.<br />
Tiles do not include segment<br />
bars, must be ordered separately.<br />
See page 17. Can be used in any<br />
combination.<br />
Description Model<br />
Not designed to be used on the<br />
second tier of the system due to<br />
interference with the horizontal<br />
supports.<br />
Ship<br />
Weight Cube<br />
List by Paint Grade<br />
Core Metallics<br />
15H Frosted Glass Tiles<br />
15H x24W HRVT1524R 12 s 0.8 $ 431 $ 449<br />
15H x30W HRVT1530R 15 s 0.9 $ 463 $ 481<br />
15H x36W HRVT1536R 17 s 1.1 $ 495 $ 513<br />
15H x42W HRVT1542R 19 s 1.3 $ 531 $ 549<br />
15H x48W HRVT1548R 20 s 1.5 $ 573 $ 591<br />
15H x60W HRVT1560R 26 s 1.8 $ 670 $ 688<br />
30H Frosted Glass Tiles<br />
30H x24W HRVT3024R 15 s 1.4 $ 610 $ 628<br />
30H x30W HRVT3030R 21 s 1.8 $ 652 $ 670<br />
30H x36W HRVT3036R 22 s 2.1 $ 695 $ 713<br />
30H x42W HRVT3042R 25 s 2.4 $ 749 $ 767<br />
30H x48W HRVT3048R 28 s 2.9 $ 801 $ 819<br />
30H x60W<br />
Segment bars ordered separately. See page 17.<br />
HRVT3060R 33 s 3.4 $ 919 $ 937<br />
How to specify 1st Option<br />
Select Model Number<br />
Select Interior Shroud Paint Color<br />
from above<br />
See page 6. Available in all Core/Metallic paint colors.<br />
H R V T 1 5 2 4 R . T 1<br />
s Icon Legend on page 4<br />
GSA SIN 711-1 Abound Frosted Glass Tiles<br />
1/<strong>2011</strong> Abound Pricer 31
Abound Pass-thru Tiles GSA CONTRACT PENDING<br />
➤ NEW! Pass-thru Tile Kits and<br />
Fabric Tiles. Available January<br />
1, <strong>2011</strong>.<br />
➤ Order one 7 1/2H fabric tiles per<br />
pass-thru tile, if finishing only one<br />
side of panel.<br />
Must order a quantity of two (2)<br />
71/2H fabric tiles per pass-thru<br />
tile, if finishing both sides of<br />
panel.<br />
Description Model<br />
Ship<br />
Weight Cube<br />
List by Paint Grade<br />
Core Metallics<br />
30H Pass-Thru Tile Kit<br />
30H x24W HRVT3024P 8 1.2 $ 94 $ 112<br />
30H x30W HRVT3030P 8 1.5 $ 104 $ 122<br />
30H x36W HRVT3036P 9 1.8 $ 114 $ 132<br />
30H x42W HRVT3042P 10 2.1 $ 124 $ 142<br />
30H x48W HRVT3048P 11 2.3 $ 134 $ 152<br />
30H x60W HRVT3060P 12 2.9 $ 144 $ 162<br />
NOTES: Order one 71 ⁄ 2H fabric tiles per pass-thru tile, if finishing only one side of panel.<br />
Must order a quantity of two (2) 71 ⁄ 2H fabric tiles per pass-thru tile, if finishing both sides of panel.<br />
How to specify 1st Option<br />
Select Model Number<br />
Select Paint Color<br />
from above<br />
See page 6<br />
H R V T 3 0 2 4 P . T 1<br />
GSA contract pending<br />
Description Model<br />
Ship<br />
Weight Cube<br />
List by Fabric Grade<br />
II III IV M1 M2 M3 M4 M5 M6<br />
7 1 ⁄ 2H Fabric Tackable Tile<br />
7 1 ⁄ 2H x24W HRVT0724T 2 s 1.4 $ 44 $ 47 $ 50 $ 52 $ 55 $ 58 $ 63 $ 68 $ 71<br />
7 1 ⁄ 2H x30W HRVT0730T 2 s 1.8 $ 52 $ 55 $ 58 $ 62 $ 65 $ 68 $ 75 $ 78 $ 81<br />
7 1 ⁄ 2H x36W HRVT0736T 2 s 2.1 $ 56 $ 59 $ 62 $ 66 $ 69 $ 72 $ 79 $ 82 $ 85<br />
7 1 ⁄ 2H x42W HRVT0742T 2 s 2.4 $ 61 $ 65 $ 69 $ 73 $ 77 $ 83 $ 86 $ 90 $ 93<br />
7 1 ⁄ 2H x48W HRVT0748T 2 s 2.8 $ 65 $ 69 $ 73 $ 77 $ 81 $ 87 $ 90 $ 94 $ 97<br />
7 1 ⁄ 2H x60W HRVT0760T 3 s 3.4 $ 80 $ 84 $ 88 $ 92 $ 96 $ 102 $ 106 $ 109 $ 112<br />
How to specify 1st Option<br />
Select Model Number<br />
Select Fabric Color<br />
from above<br />
See page 7<br />
H R V T 1 5 2 4 T . D B 3 0<br />
s Icon Legend on page 4<br />
32 Abound Pricer 1/<strong>2011</strong>
Notes<br />
1/<strong>2011</strong> Abound Pricer 33
Abound Slotted Tool Tiles GSA SIN 711-1<br />
Tool Tile shown with Paper<br />
Management Accessories<br />
➤ Tiles made from sturdy aluminum<br />
extrusion and steel supports with a<br />
powder coat finish.<br />
➤ Choose from hang-on accessories for<br />
a variety of organizational options.<br />
See page 35.<br />
Description Model<br />
Tiles do not include segment<br />
bars, must be ordered separately.<br />
See page 17. Can be used in any<br />
combination.<br />
Ship<br />
Weight Cube<br />
Weight capacity of hang-on<br />
accessories should not exceed<br />
80 pounds.<br />
List by Paint Grade<br />
Core Metallics<br />
15H Slotted Tool Tiles<br />
15H x24W HRVT1524W 11 s 0.8 $ 194 $ 221<br />
15H x30W HRVT1530W 13 s 0.9 $ 208 $ 235<br />
15H x36W HRVT1536W 15 s 1.1 $ 225 $ 252<br />
15H x42W HRVT1542W 17 s 1.3 $ 238 $ 265<br />
15H x48W HRVT1548W 20 s 1.5 $ 253 $ 280<br />
15H x60W<br />
Segment bars ordered separately. See page 17.<br />
HRVT1560W 24 s 1.8 $ 268 $ 295<br />
How to specify 1st Option<br />
Select Model Number<br />
Select Paint Color<br />
from above<br />
See page 6<br />
H R V T 1 5 2 4 W . T 4<br />
Systems Paper Management Support Bar<br />
➤ Paper management bar<br />
attaches to Systems Panels to<br />
accommodate work flow<br />
accessories.<br />
SIN 711-1<br />
Description Model<br />
Ship<br />
Weight Cube<br />
List by Paint Grade<br />
Core Metallics<br />
Systems Paper Management Support Bars<br />
24W x5H HNPMBSW24 1.3 s 0.4 $ 131 $ 141<br />
30W x5H HNPMBSW30 1.5 s 0.5 $ 138 $ 148<br />
36W x5H HNPMBSW36 2.0 s 0.6 $ 145 $ 155<br />
42W x5H HNPMBSW42 5.0 s 0.7 $ 152 $ 162<br />
48W x5H HNPMBSW48 7.0 s 0.8 $ 157 $ 167<br />
60W x5H<br />
Recommended weight capacity not to exceed 80 pounds.<br />
HNPMBSW60 9.0 s 0.9 $ 181 $ 191<br />
How to specify 1st Option<br />
Select Model Number<br />
Select Paint Color<br />
from above<br />
See page 6<br />
HNPMBSW24 . T 4<br />
s Icon Legend on page 4<br />
34 Abound Pricer 1/<strong>2011</strong>
Tool Tile shown with Paper<br />
Management Accessories<br />
SIN 711-2<br />
SIN 711-2<br />
SIN 711-2<br />
SIN 711-2<br />
SIN 711-2<br />
SIN 711-2<br />
➤ For use with Slotted Tool Tiles and<br />
Systems Paper Management Support<br />
Bars on page 34.<br />
➤ Paper Shelf holds letter size paper<br />
and inter-office envelopes.<br />
➤ Folder Bin accommodates manila<br />
envelopes and can be hung from<br />
other folder binds to maximize<br />
storage.<br />
➤ Phone Tray holds telephone at<br />
optimum ergonomic angle.<br />
Description Model<br />
➤ CD/Pencil Box holds up to 3 CD jewel<br />
cases; sticky pads or writing<br />
instruments.<br />
➤ Accessory Shelf holds office supplies<br />
and personal effects.<br />
Ship<br />
Weight Cube<br />
➤ Sorter Tray provides 3 slots for<br />
organizing files.<br />
List by Paint Grade<br />
Core Metallics<br />
Accessories for Slotted Tool Tiles Paper Shelf<br />
15W x9 1 ⁄ 2D x2H HPPMPS 2 s 0.3 $ 66 $ 76<br />
Accessory Shelf<br />
21 3 ⁄ 4W x9D x2H HPPMAS 2 s 0.3 $ 69 $ 79<br />
Phone Tray<br />
9W x10 3 ⁄ 4D x2H HPPMPT 2 s 0.3 $ 84 $ 94<br />
CD/Pencil Holder<br />
5 1 ⁄ 4W x1 1 ⁄ 2D x5H HPPMPB 1 s 0.2 $ 69 $ 79<br />
Sorter Tray<br />
6W x10D x2 1 ⁄ 2H HPPMST 2 s 0.3 $ 91 $ 101<br />
Folder Bin<br />
121 ⁄ 4W x11 ⁄ 4D x9H HPPMFB 2 s 0.3 $ 69 $ 79<br />
GSA — Above models receive Initiate Panel System discounting.<br />
How to specify 1st Option<br />
Select Model Number Select Paint Color<br />
from above<br />
See page 6<br />
HPPMPS . T4<br />
s Icon Legend on page 4<br />
Systems Paper Management Accessories<br />
1/<strong>2011</strong> Abound Pricer 35
Abound SecureFit Tiles GSA SIN 711-1<br />
➤ SecureFit Tiles offer access to<br />
files, while freeing up your<br />
worksurface.<br />
➤ Use SecureFit accessories found on<br />
page 37 to create a multitude of<br />
paper management options.<br />
Tiles do not include segment<br />
bars, must be ordered separately.<br />
See page 17. Can be used in any<br />
combination.<br />
Description Model<br />
Weight capacity of hang-on<br />
accessories should not exceed<br />
80 pounds.<br />
Ship<br />
Weight Cube<br />
List by Paint Grade<br />
Core Metallics<br />
15H SecureFit Tiles<br />
15H x24W HRVT1524V 11 s 0.8 $ 134 $ 161<br />
15H x30W HRVT1530V 13 s 0.9 $ 149 $ 176<br />
15H x36W HRVT1536V 15 s 1.1 $ 170 $ 197<br />
15H x42W HRVT1542V 17 s 1.3 $ 187 $ 214<br />
15H x48W HRVT1548V 20 s 1.5 $ 211 $ 238<br />
15H x60W<br />
Segment bars ordered separately. See page 17.<br />
HRVT1560V 24 s 1.8 $ 231 $ 258<br />
How to specify 1st Option<br />
Select Model Number<br />
Select Paint Color<br />
from above<br />
See page 6<br />
H R V T 1 5 2 4 V . T 4<br />
s Icon Legend on page 4<br />
36 Abound Pricer 1/<strong>2011</strong>
➤ For use with SecureFit Tiles on<br />
page 36.<br />
How to specify<br />
All models are available in<br />
translucent plastic only.<br />
Description Model<br />
Ship<br />
Weight Cube List<br />
File Tub<br />
12 5 ⁄ 16W x6 1 ⁄ 4D x9 11 ⁄ 16H HS2801 2 s 0.3 $ 41<br />
Binder Storage<br />
5 1 ⁄ 2W x11 13 ⁄ 16D x11 1 ⁄ 2H HS2802 2 s 0.3 $ 36<br />
CD/DVD Holder<br />
5 5 ⁄ 16W x7 3 ⁄ 4D x3 3 ⁄ 4H HS2803 1 s 0.2 $ 21<br />
Pencil Tray<br />
10 1 ⁄ 4W x3 3 ⁄ 4D x1 1 ⁄ 8H HS2806 1 s 0.2 $ 16<br />
Piling Shelf<br />
11 1 ⁄ 2W x9 1 ⁄ 4D x2H HS2807 1 s 0.3 $ 21<br />
Folder Bin<br />
12 5 ⁄ 16W x3 1 ⁄ 2D x10 7 ⁄ 16H HS2809 2 s 0.3 $ 31<br />
Select Model Number<br />
from above<br />
H S 2 8 0 1<br />
s Icon Legend on page 4<br />
GSA SIN 711-1 SecureFit Accessories<br />
1/<strong>2011</strong> Abound Pricer 37
Abound Markerboard Tiles GSA SIN 711-1<br />
➤ Markerboard tile has a painted, ➤ Accepts magnetic accessories.<br />
steel surface.<br />
➤ Tiles attach with Custom Mounting<br />
Kit, included. Specify paint color.<br />
➤ Markerboard tray attaches to the tile<br />
magnetically. Order separately.<br />
Description Model<br />
Tiles do not include segment<br />
bars, must be ordered separately.<br />
See page 17. Can be used in any<br />
combination.<br />
Ship<br />
Weight Cube<br />
List by Paint Grade<br />
Core Metallics<br />
15H Markerboard Tiles<br />
15H x24W HRVT1524M 4 s 1.2 $ 176 $ 176<br />
15H x30W HRVT1530M 4 s 1.8 $ 189 $ 189<br />
15H x36W HRVT1536M 5 s 2.5 $ 199 $ 199<br />
15H x42W HRVT1542M 5 s 3.4 $ 210 $ 210<br />
15H x48W HRVT1548M 6 4.3 $ 216 $ 216<br />
15H x60W HRVT1560M 7 6.7 $ 226 $ 226<br />
30H Markerboard Tiles<br />
30H x24W HRVT3024M 6 s 1.2 $ 193 $ 193<br />
30H x30W HRVT3030M 7 s 1.8 $ 207 $ 207<br />
30H x36W HRVT3036M 8 s 2.5 $ 229 $ 229<br />
30H x42W HRVT3042M 10 s 3.4 $ 243 $ 243<br />
30H x48W HRVT3048M 11 4.3 $ 268 $ 268<br />
30H x60W HRVT3060M 13 6.7 $ 298 $ 298<br />
Magnetic Markerboard Tray<br />
15 Natural Aluminum<br />
Natural Aluminum only, no need to specify paint.<br />
Segment bars ordered separately. See page 17.<br />
HRVTRAYM 4 s 0.4 $ 41 N/A<br />
How to specify 1st Option<br />
Select Model Number<br />
Select Paint Color<br />
from above<br />
See page 6<br />
H R V T 1 5 2 4 M . T 3<br />
s Icon Legend on page 4<br />
38 Abound Pricer 1/<strong>2011</strong>
➤ NEW! Abound Painted Metal<br />
Tiles. Available January 1,<br />
<strong>2011</strong>.<br />
➤ Painted steel construction. ➤ Tiles attach with Custom Tile Bracket<br />
Kit, included. Color will match tile<br />
paint color. See page 41.<br />
Description Model<br />
Tiles do not include segment<br />
bars, must be ordered separately.<br />
See page 17. Can be used in any<br />
combination.<br />
Ship<br />
Weight Cube<br />
List by Paint Grade<br />
Core Metallics<br />
15H Painted Metal Tile<br />
15H x24W HRVT1524PM 4 1.2 $ 112 $ 131<br />
15H x30W HRVT1530PM 4 1.8 $ 118 $ 137<br />
15H x36W HRVT1536PM 5 2.5 $ 128 $ 147<br />
15H x42W HRVT1542PM 5 3.4 $ 140 $ 159<br />
15H x48W HRVT1548PM 6 4.3 $ 152 $ 171<br />
15H x60W HRVT1560PM 7 6.7 $ 170 $ 189<br />
30H Painted Metal Tile<br />
30H x24W HRVT3024PM 6 1.2 $ 164 $ 195<br />
30H x30W HRVT3030PM 7 1.8 $ 178 $ 209<br />
30H x36W HRVT3036PM 8 2.5 $ 201 $ 232<br />
30H x42W HRVT3042PM 10 3.4 $ 216 $ 247<br />
30H x48W HRVT3048PM 11 4.3 $ 241 $ 272<br />
30H x60W<br />
Segment bars ordered separately. See page 17.<br />
HRVT3060PM 13 6.7 $ 272 $ 303<br />
How to specify 1st Option<br />
Select Model Number<br />
Select Paint Color<br />
from above<br />
See page 6<br />
H R V T 1 5 2 4 P M . T 3<br />
Icon Legend on page 4<br />
GSA CONTRACT PENDING Abound Painted Metal Tiles<br />
1/<strong>2011</strong> Abound Pricer 39
Abound Plains Tile GSA SIN 711-1<br />
➤ Plains tile is made of a tricolored<br />
polymer material.<br />
➤ Plains tiles are crafted by hand.<br />
Pattern variations between tiles<br />
reflect the unique nature of the<br />
material.<br />
➤ Tiles attach with Custom Mounting<br />
Kit, included. Specify paint color.<br />
Tiles do not include segment<br />
bars, must be ordered separately.<br />
See page 17. Can be used in any<br />
combination.<br />
Description Model<br />
Ship<br />
Weight Cube<br />
Core/Metallic<br />
List<br />
15H Plains Tiles<br />
15H x24W HRVT1524ST 10 s 0.9 $ 207<br />
15H x30W HRVT1530ST 12 s 1.0 $ 242<br />
15H x36W HRVT1536ST 14 s 1.2 $ 297<br />
15H x42W HRVT1542ST 16 s 1.4 $ 315<br />
15H x48W HRVT1548ST 19 s 1.6 $ 332<br />
15H x60W HRVT1560ST 23 s 2.0 $ 367<br />
30H Plains Tiles<br />
30H x24W HRVT3024ST 14 s 1.6 $ 345<br />
30H x30W HRVT3030ST 16 s 2.0 $ 383<br />
30H x36W HRVT3036ST 18 s 2.3 $ 493<br />
30H x42W HRVT3042ST 20 s 2.7 $ 540<br />
30H x48W HRVT3048ST 23 s 3.2 $ 566<br />
30H x60W<br />
Segment bars ordered separately. See page 17.<br />
HRVT3060ST 25 s 3.9 $ 708<br />
How to specify 1st Option 2nd Option<br />
Select Model Number<br />
Select Plains Tile Color Select Paint Color<br />
from above<br />
PL01 Frost<br />
PL02 Sunrise<br />
See page 6. No upcharge for Metallic Paint.<br />
H R V T 1 5 2 4 S T . P L 0 1 . T 1<br />
s Icon Legend on page 4<br />
40 Abound Pricer 1/<strong>2011</strong>
➤ Custom Material Bracket Kits<br />
can be ordered to use with<br />
Customers Own Material.<br />
➤ Coat hooks hang directly into slotted<br />
Abound panel frame.<br />
Coat hooks are available in black<br />
only and ship 6 per package.<br />
Description Model<br />
Ship<br />
Weight Cube<br />
List by Paint Grade<br />
Core Metallics<br />
Custom Material Mounting Bracket Kit<br />
15H x24W HRVT1524CK 1 s 0.8 $ 47 $ 47<br />
15H x30W HRVT1530CK 1 s 0.9 $ 50 $ 50<br />
15H x36W HRVT1536CK 1 s 1.1 $ 53 $ 53<br />
15H x42W HRVT1542CK 1 s 1.3 $ 55 $ 55<br />
15H x48W HRVT1548CK 2 s 1.5 $ 57 $ 57<br />
15H x60W HRVT1560CK 2 s 1.8 $ 63 $ 63<br />
30H x24W HRVT3024CK 3 s 1.4 $ 47 $ 47<br />
30H x30W HRVT3030CK 3 s 1.8 $ 50 $ 50<br />
30H x36W HRVT3036CK 3 s 2.1 $ 53 $ 53<br />
30H x42W HRVT3042CK 4 s 2.4 $ 55 $ 55<br />
30H x48W HRVT3048CK 5 s 2.8 $ 57 $ 57<br />
30H x60W HRVT3060CK 5 s 3.4 $ 63 $ 63<br />
Coat Hooks<br />
Package of six<br />
Black only.<br />
HHPMC6 1 s 0.2 $ 59 N/A<br />
How to specify 1st Option<br />
Select Model Number<br />
Select Paint Color<br />
from above<br />
See page 6<br />
H R V T 1 5 2 4 C K . T 4<br />
s Icon Legend on page 4<br />
GSA SIN 711-1 Abound Custom Material Bracket Kit<br />
1/<strong>2011</strong> Abound Pricer 41
Abound Electrical and Data<br />
Abound features capabilities for cable management, including electrical, voice,<br />
and data. The 8-wire electrical system can be integrated at base pathway and<br />
beltline. The open structure of the frame allows voice and data cables to be<br />
routed both vertically and horizontally.<br />
Cable openings in<br />
frame uprights<br />
permit cables to<br />
be run between<br />
frames.<br />
Power block<br />
attaches to<br />
mounting bracket<br />
at beltline.<br />
Jumper can<br />
connect base<br />
pathway power to<br />
beltline.<br />
Base pathway<br />
accommodates<br />
power and lay-in<br />
capacity for data and<br />
communication.<br />
Capacity for lay-in<br />
cabling is provided<br />
underneath panel<br />
top caps.<br />
Power blocks snap<br />
into base pathway<br />
horizontal frame<br />
members and<br />
accept duplex<br />
receptacles.<br />
Electrical power harnesses have<br />
capacity for 2 (1 in a 24"W panel) per<br />
panel side when ported. Non-base<br />
pathway power requires electrical<br />
mounting brackets.<br />
Electrical power<br />
harness accepts<br />
up to 2 duplex<br />
receptacles per<br />
panel side (24"W<br />
limited to 1) at<br />
base pathway.<br />
Integrated Power Pole<br />
accommodates power<br />
in-feed and<br />
communication/data lines<br />
Fiber optic cables<br />
can follow 90°<br />
turns at the<br />
intersection of<br />
panel runs.<br />
Ceiling in-feed connects<br />
to building electrical<br />
supply.<br />
Fiber optic and other data<br />
cabling can be routed through<br />
90° intersections.<br />
Beltline area<br />
accommodates<br />
power and data or<br />
communication<br />
lines.<br />
Electrical pass-thru<br />
harnesses have<br />
capacity for one<br />
duplex receptacle<br />
per panel side.<br />
Base pathway power in-feed<br />
mounts into any receptacle<br />
position in the base pathway<br />
area and is connected to the<br />
building electrical supply.<br />
42 Abound Pricer 1/<strong>2011</strong>
The Abound electrical<br />
systems<br />
Abound offers a choice of three<br />
electrical systems:<br />
• Four-circuit, 3+1<br />
• Four-circuit, 2+2<br />
• Three-circuit, separate neutrals<br />
All three systems utilize an 8-wire<br />
electrical system, rated at 20 amps<br />
per circuit (15 amps Canadian). See<br />
pages 44-45 for a detailed explanation<br />
of each electrical system.<br />
Abound frames and electrical<br />
components are UL Listed. Electrical<br />
components are also CSA certified.<br />
Installation and use of the<br />
electrical system, the number of<br />
receptacles used on a given circuit<br />
and connections to the building power<br />
supply should be in compliance with<br />
all local and national electrical codes.<br />
Caution: Electrical equipment<br />
cords or extension cords MUST<br />
NOT BE ROUTED through cable<br />
openings in frame sides.<br />
Abound’s electrical harnesses are UL<br />
listed and are considered raceways<br />
themselves as defined by the National<br />
Electrical Code. This means there is<br />
no separation requirement between<br />
the electrical harnesses and<br />
communications cables per Sec.<br />
800-52 of the National Electrical<br />
Code. Communication cables may be<br />
placed next to Abound’s electrical<br />
components without a metal septum<br />
and will still meet the guidelines of<br />
the Telecommunications Industry<br />
Association for separation of power<br />
and data.<br />
In-feeds<br />
Power in-feed cables deliver power<br />
from building to system. In-feed<br />
cables are housed in conduit to<br />
separate electrical system from<br />
communications and data lines.<br />
Integrated power and<br />
communications poles provide<br />
capacity for routing power supply<br />
directly through the top of any<br />
structural or stacking frame using<br />
same width trim/connector kit in place<br />
of top cap. Avoid glass or translucent<br />
tiles in upper position of frames with<br />
integrated power poles. Power pole<br />
has a cavity on each side of a center<br />
septum. When using a ceiling power<br />
in-feed, consider that the in-feed must<br />
connect into an electrical harness<br />
located in an adjacent panel. (See<br />
pages 48-50 for cable capacity.)<br />
Ceiling power in-feed connects to a<br />
prewired electrical harness in the<br />
beltline or base pathway, traverses<br />
through an adjacent panel and<br />
terminates in the junction box at the<br />
top of the integrated power pole. For<br />
use with integrated power pole<br />
models HEP65 and HEP35. No portion<br />
of the flex cable can be exposed after<br />
installation.<br />
Sealtight base pathway power<br />
in-feed attaches to a receptacle<br />
opening at the base pathway. A heavy<br />
rubber sheathing shields conduit,<br />
allowing in-feed to be exposed.<br />
Hardwire (New York Code) Power<br />
In-Feed (model H871400) is used<br />
when local electrical codes require<br />
hardwire entry. When used in 24W,<br />
30W and 36W panels, power can<br />
be routed only in one direction. When<br />
used in 42, 48W and 60W<br />
panels, an electrical pass-thru cable<br />
or harness for that panel width can be<br />
used to route power back in the<br />
opposite direction. Unit must connect<br />
to a power or pass-thru harness<br />
positioned in the base pathway area<br />
of an adjacent panel. Customer to<br />
furnish all cabling and wiring from<br />
power entry to power source. Junction<br />
box can be positioned at any duplex<br />
receptacle location.<br />
Abound Electrical and Data<br />
Hardwire (Chicago Code) Junction<br />
Box<br />
Wiring harnesses and snap connectors<br />
are not allowed in Chicago — base<br />
pathways must be comprised of all<br />
metallic components. Concealed<br />
mounting is the only option at<br />
beltline. For the base pathway,<br />
junction box (model HH873500) clips<br />
directly into receptacle locations.<br />
Customer must furnish conduit, wiring,<br />
standard duplex receptacles with<br />
metal covers for the beltline and<br />
designer-type receptacles for the base<br />
pathway. Power entry can be routed<br />
from the ceiling, via an Abound power<br />
pole, or from the floor into a junction<br />
box (model HH873500).<br />
1/<strong>2011</strong> Abound Pricer 43
Abound Electrical and Data<br />
Power<br />
Power blocks on electrical power<br />
harness and pass-thru harness accept<br />
duplex receptacles.<br />
Electrical power harnesses are<br />
used to distribute power in panels.<br />
Abound electrical can be located at<br />
base pathway or beltline only.<br />
Connectors at both ends of power<br />
harnesses allow power distribution in<br />
either direction.<br />
Electrical pass-thru harnesses<br />
have capacity to handle one duplex<br />
receptacle on each side of the panel<br />
when exposed.<br />
A60 pass-thru harness can be<br />
used to jump up to a single duplex<br />
receptacle per side at beltline and<br />
connecting to a power harness at<br />
base pathway.<br />
Electrical power harnesses and<br />
pass-thru cables cannot be routed at<br />
90 at beltline once frames are<br />
connected to connector blocks.<br />
Electrical pass-thru cables<br />
distribute power through any panel<br />
where receptacles are not required.<br />
Cable length cannot be stretched.<br />
Electrical jumper cables connect<br />
power from base pathway or beltline<br />
to a harness located on any horizontal<br />
member as needed. Jumper cable<br />
plugs into power block end of<br />
electrical power harness or electrical<br />
pass-thru harness.<br />
Model HH871366 is 66 to jumper<br />
up to 30 inches vertically – base<br />
pathway to beltline or beltline to base<br />
pathway.<br />
Jumper can also be used from<br />
beltline to adjacent beltline at 90<br />
juncture.<br />
Requires<br />
minimum of<br />
one power<br />
harness.<br />
Use of a ceiling<br />
in-feed or jumper at<br />
this location requires<br />
an additional power<br />
harness.<br />
All electrical power<br />
harnesses and pass-thru<br />
harnesses will stretch 3 1 ⁄ 2,<br />
allowing them to span “T” and<br />
“X” intersections and “S”<br />
extended straight connections.<br />
Power Blocks<br />
Base pathway mounting: Power<br />
blocks snap directly onto brackets in<br />
base pathway area.<br />
Beltline electrical mounting: For<br />
ported receptacles at beltline mount<br />
power blocks onto Electrical Mounting<br />
Brackets which screw into the panel<br />
frame. Electrical Mounting Brackets<br />
must be ordered separately.<br />
Data/Electrical Port Tiles must be<br />
used where exposed receptacles will<br />
be located.<br />
Requires<br />
minimum of<br />
two power<br />
harnesses.<br />
Receptacles<br />
Duplex receptacles snap into power<br />
blocks of power harnesses or passthrough<br />
harnesses. Duplexes are<br />
available in multiple colors. Each<br />
receptacle is labeled to indicate which<br />
circuit it will be connected to.<br />
Optional Stiffener Support<br />
Stiffener supports can be used to<br />
provide additional rigidity to a panel<br />
when fabric tiles are on both sides of<br />
the frame. May also be used for<br />
routing power/data at non-standard<br />
heights.<br />
44 Abound Pricer 1/<strong>2011</strong>
Lighting<br />
Task lights can be recessed under<br />
storage cabinets or storage shelves.<br />
Task lights in four sizes are<br />
available to correspond to cabinet or<br />
shelf width. They have 9 power cords<br />
in black, connected in the right rear<br />
corner. All models feature electronic<br />
ballast for longer bulb life and cooler<br />
operating temperature. Task lights<br />
with a fused plug to meet Chicago<br />
electrical code are also available.<br />
Recommendation: Provide a<br />
separate circuit for task lights for<br />
proper long-term operation without RF<br />
interference to computers that may be<br />
in use.<br />
Voice/Data Receptacles<br />
Abound not only provides space for<br />
large volumes of voice and data<br />
cables, it also offers several means of<br />
mounting commercially available voice<br />
and data components.<br />
Commercially available modular<br />
data faceplates can be mounted in<br />
vacant base receptacle openings or<br />
can be mounted in data/electrical port<br />
tiles above or below the worksurface.<br />
Wire managers have a self-adhesive<br />
backing that sticks to underside of<br />
worksurface. Flexible strips allow<br />
cabling to enter/exit and can be<br />
contained inside the 2-cavity profile.<br />
Abound Electrical and Data<br />
1/<strong>2011</strong> Abound Pricer 45
Abound Electrical Specifying Information<br />
To Order:<br />
1. Determine which electrical system you will use<br />
after consulting your electrician and computer support<br />
personnel:<br />
• The Four-circuit system<br />
(4-Hot/2-Neutral/2-Ground)<br />
–3+1option<br />
–2+2option<br />
• The Three-circuit system<br />
(3-Hot/3-Neutral/2-Ground)<br />
Electrical System Options<br />
The four-circuit, eight-wire electrical system is widely specified and trusted by<br />
hundreds of thousands of end-users. This proven system delivers four circuits for<br />
every power infeed in either a3+1or2+2configuration. The isolated/<br />
dedicated circuits are ideal for sensitive computing equipment, while the<br />
common circuits are suitable for faxes, copiers, task lights and other peripherals.<br />
Four-circuit, 3 + 1 Receptacle Option<br />
Four-circuit, 2 + 2 Receptacle Option<br />
2. Determine location, quantity and circuit of duplexes.<br />
3. Determine the appropriate choice and use of Isolated,<br />
Isolated/Dedicated and Separate Neutral circuits.<br />
4. Specify appropriate Power Harnesses* and Pass-Thru Cables.*<br />
5. Determine the location, quantity and type of Power In-feed<br />
needed.<br />
* Select Power Harness models (HH8712XX) and Pass-Thru Cables<br />
(HH8711XX) with the last two digits being 1 (or 2) smaller<br />
than the associate panel width.<br />
Both the 3+1and2+2systems use the same pre-wired components, making it<br />
easy to adjust as electrical needs change.<br />
You can also choose a three-circuit, eight-wire system that has a dedicated<br />
neutral for every hot circuit. The three-circuit components have model numbers<br />
with an “A” suffix and appear in a gray box in this pricer.<br />
The 3 + 1 option is the electrical standard used by<br />
The HON Company for many years in most of their systems<br />
products. This wiring option provides three utility circuits plus an<br />
isolated/dedicated circuit for more sensitive equipment.<br />
The 2 + 2 option is a wiring option that provides two utility<br />
circuits and two isolated circuits for more extensive computer<br />
usage applications.<br />
46 Abound Pricer 1/<strong>2011</strong>
Three-circuit, separate neutrals<br />
Two 8-wire, 20 AMP (15 AMP Canadian) electrical systems are offered<br />
Electrical System Circuitry Receptacle Capacity<br />
Four-circuit<br />
4-Hot/2-Neutral/2-Ground<br />
(10 gauge neutral wires)<br />
Three-circuit<br />
3-Hot/3-Neutral/2-Ground<br />
(12 gauge neutral wires)<br />
3+1<br />
2+2<br />
w/separate<br />
neutrals<br />
Common<br />
Circuit-1<br />
HH873501<br />
Common<br />
Circuit-1<br />
HH873501<br />
Common<br />
Circuit-1<br />
HH873501A<br />
Common<br />
Circuit-2 (1)<br />
HH873502<br />
Common<br />
Circuit-2<br />
HH873502<br />
Common<br />
Circuit-2<br />
HH873502A<br />
The Three-circuit, separate neutrals configuration is a wiring option<br />
that provides separate neutrals for each of the three circuits. Two<br />
circuits share a common ground, and one circuit is<br />
isolated/dedicated. The three-circuit components have model<br />
numbers with an “A” suffix and appear in a gray box in this pricer.<br />
Common<br />
Circuit-3<br />
HH873503<br />
Isolated<br />
Circuit-3<br />
HH873506<br />
Iso/Dedicated<br />
Circuit-3<br />
HH873503A<br />
Iso/Dedicated<br />
Circuit-4<br />
HH873504<br />
Isolated<br />
Circuit-4<br />
HH873504<br />
(1) Circuit-2 (one of the 3 common circuits sharing a neutral wire) cannot be used with a single-phase building electrical supply.<br />
Typical power usage by the most commonly specified office equipment.<br />
Source: Industry Analysis, Inc., Rochester, NY<br />
EQUIPMENT AMPS<br />
Computers<br />
Personal Computer .....................3<br />
Notebook Computer ....................3<br />
Monitors<br />
13 Color Monitor .....................2<br />
17 Color Monitor .....................3<br />
21 Color Monitor .....................4<br />
EQUIPMENT AMPS<br />
Copiers<br />
Desktop Copier .......................15<br />
Console Copier .......................20<br />
Copier/Duplicator .....................30<br />
Printers<br />
Dot Matrix ...................less than 1<br />
InkJet .......................less than 1<br />
Personal Laser or LED ..................8<br />
Workgroup Laser or LED ..............15<br />
Abound Electrical Specifying Information<br />
N/A<br />
EQUIPMENT AMPS<br />
FAX Machines<br />
InkJet FAX ...................less than 1<br />
Thermal FAX .................less than 1<br />
Plain paper FAX .......................8<br />
Task Lights<br />
36 T8 Fluorescent .............0.2/bulb<br />
48 T8 Fluorescent .............0.3/bulb<br />
Notes:<br />
• Four-circuit components and three-circuit components (with<br />
suffix “A”) cannot be used together.<br />
• Components of the two systems are keyed differently to<br />
prevent components of one system from being connected to<br />
components of another system.<br />
• HON Cat. Nos. are printed on the UL labels, and<br />
components are color-coded to provide visual identification<br />
of the different components.<br />
• Four-circuit components have black plastic parts.<br />
• Three-circuit components have rust-colored terminal ends<br />
and receptacle backs are rust colored.<br />
Duplex Receptacles<br />
15 AMP Receptacle<br />
20 AMP Receptacle<br />
(Required by some<br />
large copiers.)<br />
1/<strong>2011</strong> Abound Pricer 47
Abound Electrical Specifying Information<br />
• Abound panels are UL listed.<br />
• Electrical components are UL Listed and<br />
CSA Certified.<br />
• It is the customer’s responsibility to ensure<br />
that use of the pre-wired electrical system,<br />
the number of receptacles used on a given<br />
circuit, and connection to a building power<br />
source, be in compliance with all local and<br />
national electrical codes.<br />
Definition of components:<br />
Electrical Power Harness<br />
Electrical Power Harness<br />
Model HH871242<br />
for 42W Panels<br />
• Contact Customer Service for additional<br />
information.<br />
• Pedestals and Lateral Files, positioned<br />
under worksurfaces, may render some<br />
receptacles inaccessible, and may prohibit<br />
use of grommets.<br />
• Used to distribute power in panels.<br />
• Power distribution in either direction.<br />
• Specify Power Harness to match panel width.<br />
• Double-sided: receptacles can be inserted into both sides of Power Blocks.<br />
Three-way panel connections require at least one power harness.<br />
4-way panel connections require at least two power harnesses.<br />
Electrical Pass-Thru Cables<br />
Pass-Thru Cable<br />
Model HH871142<br />
for 42W Panels<br />
Pass-Thru Cable With Duplex Capacity:<br />
• Use in panels where multiple receptacles are not required.<br />
• Added feature: has capacity for one receptacle on each side of a panel.<br />
Feature offers future expansion and is an alternative to Power Harnesses.<br />
Various Electrical Layouts<br />
Straight Line 90 Degree Corner<br />
“T” Connection “X” or Cross Connection<br />
When ending power in two<br />
return panels, wiring pigtails<br />
must be returned to original<br />
panel run.<br />
To power a 4-way panel<br />
connection from one direction,<br />
specify at least two double block<br />
harnesses.<br />
One harness required<br />
• Four-circuit components and Three-circuit<br />
components (with suffix “A”) cannot be<br />
used together. See pages 46-47.<br />
A licensed electrician must make<br />
connections to a building electrical<br />
supply.<br />
Duplex Receptacles<br />
• 15 amp outlet configuration.<br />
• Models HH873601 and HH873601A have a<br />
20 amp outlet configuration.<br />
• Fit back-to-back into the Power Block(s) of<br />
Power and Pass-Thru Harnesses.<br />
• Labeled with the provided circuit. Circuits<br />
connected to the Isolated Ground are<br />
identified with an orange triangle; circuits<br />
that do not share a neutral or ground have<br />
an orange circuit number.<br />
Three-way panel connections require<br />
at least one power harness.<br />
4-way panel connections require at<br />
least two power harnesses.<br />
Power In-Feed (Base) Models HH879072 (72) and HH879168 (168)<br />
• Used to connect the panel electrical system<br />
to the building electrical supply at a power<br />
block.<br />
• Plugs into any receptacle position; can<br />
be rotated Left or Right.<br />
• Conduit is UL listed Black Liquid-tight<br />
conduit (outside diameter is 7 ⁄ 8).<br />
A licensed electrician must make<br />
connections to a building electrical supply.<br />
Must be positioned through a receptacle<br />
opening in the baserail cover, prior to an<br />
electrician connecting to the power source.<br />
Power In-Feed Model (Ceiling) HH871912 and HH871972<br />
• Used to connect the panel electrical system to the building<br />
electrical supply.<br />
A licensed electrician must make connections to a building<br />
electrical supply.<br />
Model uses UL recognized flex-cable conduit — no portion<br />
can be left exposed (i.e., must be in a power pole).<br />
Power Pole HEP35/HEP36 must be ordered separately.<br />
Note: In-feed cables listed above may be field-cut to desired length.<br />
HH871972<br />
Electrical Jumper Cables<br />
When used to connect power between the base pathway and<br />
the beltline area, the jumper must be connected to a power<br />
block at one end of a run, routed into an adjacent panel that<br />
does not contain a power harness, then routed back into the<br />
panel containing a power harness or pass-thru cable and<br />
connected to a power harness in the other pathway. HH871366<br />
Electrical Mounting Brackets<br />
• Use to mount ported receptacles at beltline.<br />
• Screw into the panel frame.<br />
One mounting bracket required at beltline for each 24W<br />
pass-thru or power harness. Two required for 30-60W<br />
power harness.<br />
HH8988EBN<br />
48 Abound Pricer 1/<strong>2011</strong>
Lay-in Cable Capacity<br />
Base Pathway Receptacle Locations<br />
The top and base pathway allow<br />
continuous voice and data lines to run<br />
through and between panels without<br />
interruption. Lay-in is provided for<br />
environments where systems furniture<br />
or cabling are subject to frequent<br />
change.<br />
End View<br />
8 cables<br />
Top pathway accepts up to 8<br />
voice/data cables (.25 dia.).<br />
Top View<br />
3 cables<br />
Variable height junctions accept up<br />
to 3 voice/data cables (.25 dia.).<br />
74 cables<br />
Abound base pathway<br />
accepts up to 74 voice/data cables<br />
(.25 dia.) (6.03 sq. in.) at 60% fill.<br />
Circuit Usage<br />
Strategy 1<br />
Circuits to Equipment<br />
Assign specific uses for each<br />
of the circuits:<br />
• For example, in a four-circuit<br />
system:<br />
Circuit 1 — Calculators, fans,<br />
etc.<br />
Circuit 2 — Task lights (could<br />
be wired to wall switch)<br />
Circuit 3 — Computer<br />
monitors<br />
Circuit 4 — CPUs<br />
Strategy 2<br />
Circuits to Workstations<br />
Assign specific workstations to<br />
each of the three available<br />
circuits. Use circuit 4 for<br />
power-sensitive electronic<br />
equipment.<br />
Placement of pedestals and lateral files may render some duplex locations<br />
inaccessible. Pedestal placement may also affect compatibility with pull-up<br />
receptacles.<br />
27 cables<br />
When electrical system shares<br />
base pathway, the cable capacity in<br />
Abound is reduced to 27 cables (2.25<br />
sq. in.). Cable quantities listed are at<br />
60% fill ratio.<br />
Working with Cable Management<br />
70 cables<br />
Cable capacity of the power pole,<br />
in addition to electrical in-feed is 2.79<br />
sq. in. on one side and 2.91 sq. in. on<br />
the other for a total capacity of 69<br />
cables of .25 diameter.<br />
1/<strong>2011</strong> Abound Pricer 49
Abound Electrical and Data<br />
Abound<br />
String-in Capacity<br />
Openings in frame sides permit<br />
electrical data and communication<br />
cables to be run between frames in<br />
Abound. Using tackable acoustical<br />
tiles, the beltline pathway<br />
accommodates up to 62 cables (.25<br />
dia) or 46 cables with electrical<br />
components installed.<br />
DO NOT run electrical equipment<br />
or extension cords through cable<br />
openings in frame sides. Use<br />
beltline or base-mounted<br />
electrical system for all electrical<br />
supply.<br />
Vertical Capacity<br />
Vertical Capacity Through panel Frames<br />
Panel<br />
Width<br />
Horizontal Capacity of Abound Frames*<br />
13 ⁄16”<br />
3 1 ⁄8”<br />
3 1 ⁄8”<br />
8 1 ⁄4”<br />
*46 cables with electrical installed<br />
at beltline. 62 cables without<br />
electrical installed at beltline.<br />
Qty. of .25 Cables<br />
at 45% Fill Ratio<br />
See Detail<br />
Qty. of .25 Cables<br />
at 60% Fill Ratio<br />
65” 50” 42”<br />
3”<br />
Total Space<br />
(sq. in.)<br />
Abound 24 –60W 48 64 5.26<br />
.830”<br />
Cables can enter/exit panel<br />
through underside of base pathway at<br />
juncture between frames. Openings<br />
are sized as follows (in sq. in.):<br />
Straight<br />
connection 6.0<br />
“S” Extended<br />
Straight<br />
Connection 10.0<br />
“L” 90<br />
Connection 8.9<br />
“T” Connection 15.9<br />
“X” Connection 17.9<br />
“Y” Connection —<br />
When leveling glides are fully<br />
retracted, panel-to-floor clearance is<br />
7 ⁄ 16. This may affect the volume of<br />
cabling that can be fed into the<br />
frame from the bottom of the<br />
pathway.<br />
• A 60% fill ratio is achievable;<br />
however, when electrical<br />
components are installed in the<br />
beltline area, cabling capacity<br />
through the beltline area will be<br />
limited to approximately 45% fill<br />
ratio.<br />
50 Abound Pricer 1/<strong>2011</strong>
➤ Duplex receptacles on page 53. ➤ Data/Electrical Port Kit used for field<br />
installations of additional data<br />
accessories.<br />
SIN 711-1<br />
Use when local codes require<br />
Description<br />
Four-circuit components and<br />
three-circuit components (with<br />
“A” suffix) not designed to be<br />
used together. See pages 46-47.<br />
To connect power between the<br />
base pathway and the beltline<br />
area, four-circuit jumper cables<br />
(H8713xx) must be connected to a<br />
power block at one end of a run,<br />
routed into an adjacent panel that<br />
contains no power harness, then<br />
routed back into the panel that<br />
contains a power harness (or<br />
pass-thru cable), and connected<br />
to a power harness in the other<br />
pathway.<br />
Max. Recept. Cap.<br />
per Panel Side<br />
Four-circuit<br />
3+1<br />
2+2<br />
Three-circuit,<br />
Separate<br />
Neutrals<br />
Ship<br />
Weight Cube List<br />
Electrical Power Harnesses, Frames — w/duplex capacity<br />
For 24W 1 HH871224 HH871224A 2.0 s 0.5 $ 160<br />
For 30W 2 HH871230 HH871230A 2.0 s 0.5 $ 160<br />
For 36W 2 HH871236 HH871236A 2.5 s 0.5 $ 160<br />
For 42W 2 HH871242 HH871242A 3.0 s 0.5 $ 169<br />
For 48W 2 HH871248 HH871248A 3.0 s 0.5 $ 169<br />
For 60W 2 HH871260 HH871260A 3.0 s 0.5 $ 169<br />
Electrical Pass-Thru Cables, Frames — w/duplex capacity<br />
For 24W 1 HH871124 HH871124A 2.0 s 0.5 $ 98<br />
For 30W 1 HH871130 HH871130A 2.0 s 0.5 $ 98<br />
For 36W 1 HH871136 HH871136A 2.0 s 0.5 $ 98<br />
For 42W 1 HH871142 HH871142A 2.5 s 0.5 $ 103<br />
For 48W 1 HH871148 HH871148A 2.5 s 0.5 $ 103<br />
For 60W 1 HH871160 HH871160A 3.0 s 0.5 $ 103<br />
Electrical Pass-Thru Harness without Power Block<br />
For 24W Frames 0 HH871024 HH871024A 2.0 s 0.5 $ 91<br />
For 30W Frames 0 HH871030 HH871030A 2.0 s 0.5 $ 91<br />
For 36W Frames 0 HH871036 HH871036A 2.0 s 0.5 $ 91<br />
For 42W Frames 0 HH871042 HH871042A 3.0 s 0.5 $ 95<br />
For 48W Frames 0 HH871048 HH871048A 3.0 s 0.5 $ 95<br />
For 60W Frames 0 HH871060 HH871060A 3.0 s 0.5 $ 95<br />
For 72W Frame Runs 0 HH871072 HH871072A 4.0 s 0.5 $ 133<br />
For 96W Frame Runs 0 HH871096 HH871096A 5.0 s 0.5 $ 159<br />
For 120W Frame Runs 0 HH8710120 HH8710120A 6.0 s 0.5 $ 187<br />
For 144W Frame Runs 0 HH8710144 HH8710144A 7.0 s 0.5 $ 210<br />
Electrical Jumper Cables<br />
Jumper for up to 36 vertical jump, 66 long HH871366 HH871366A 3.0 s 0.5 $ 106<br />
Power In-Feed Cables — Base In-Feed<br />
72 long conduit, Sealtight Cable — 7 ⁄ 8 diameter HH879072 HH879072A 4.5 s 0.3 $ 178<br />
168 long conduit, Sealtight Cable — 7 ⁄ 8 diameter HH879168 HH879168A 9.0 s 0.4 $ 420<br />
Ceiling In-Feed<br />
144 long conduit, Flex Cable — 7 ⁄ 8 dia. HH871912 HH871912A 4.0 s 0.5 $ 185<br />
216 long conduit, Flex Cable — 7 ⁄ 8 dia. HH871918 HH871918A 4.0 s 0.5 $ 242<br />
Must be used with Power Pole. Power in-feed models HH871912 and HH871918 plug into the end of any power block. No portion of the<br />
cable can be exposed after installation.<br />
Hardwire Applications<br />
Hardwire Power In-feed HH871400 HH871400A 4.0 s 0.3 $ 175<br />
Customer to furnish all cabling and wiring from power entry to power source (approved for use by city of New York).<br />
Hardwire Junction Box (6-pack) HH873500 4.5 s 0.2 $ 375<br />
NOTES: Junction box can be positioned at any Duplex Receptacle location: 24W panel = 1 receptacle on one side of the panel; 30W-60W panels = 2<br />
receptacles, 1 on each side or 2 on one side.<br />
Customer must furnish conduit, wiring and designer type receptacles. (Approved for use by city of Chicago.)<br />
Data/Electrical Port Kit<br />
Specify color HHT2DP 1.0 s 0.1 $ 16<br />
How to specify 1st Option<br />
Select Model Number Select Color<br />
from above<br />
See page 6<br />
H H 8 7 1 0 4 8 . P<br />
s Icon Legend on page 4<br />
GSA SIN 711-1 Abound Electrical Components<br />
1/<strong>2011</strong> Abound Pricer 51
Abound Electrical Components GSA SIN 711-1<br />
➤ Cable ports accommodate up to<br />
four individual voice and data<br />
outlets, and can be mounted<br />
anywhere there is an electrical<br />
receptacle opening.<br />
Specify paint<br />
➤ AMP Data Faceplates attach to<br />
bottom of panel or at worksurface<br />
height in front of baserail covers for<br />
easy cable routing.<br />
Description Model<br />
Ship<br />
Weight Cube<br />
List by Paint Grade<br />
Core Metallics<br />
Integrated Power Pole<br />
For 35H-50H Frames. Poles are 78H. HEP35 9 s 0.6 $ 292 $ 292<br />
For 65H-95H Frames. Poles are 52H.<br />
NOTES: Power Pole includes ceiling trim piece.<br />
HEP65 6 s 0.4 $ 205 $ 205<br />
Power Pole Trim Kit<br />
24W HRVP24P 2 s 0.3 $ 97 $ 97<br />
30W HRVP30P 3 s 0.4 $ 102 $ 102<br />
36W HRVP36P 4 s 0.5 $ 108 $ 108<br />
42W HRVP42P 5 s 0.5 $ 111 $ 111<br />
48W HRVP48P 6 s 0.6 $ 115 $ 115<br />
60W HRVP60P 7 s 0.7 $ 122 $ 122<br />
Electrical Mounting Brackets (pack of 12) HH8988EBN 3 s 0.1 $ 47<br />
1 bracket required at beltline for each pass-thru harness and 24W power harness and 2 for 30-60W power harness.<br />
Cable Management Tray<br />
24 HHCMT24 2 s 0.3 $ 55<br />
36 HHCMT36 3 s 0.4 $ 68<br />
How to specify 1st Option<br />
Select Model Number Select Paint Color<br />
from above<br />
See page 6<br />
H R V P 2 4 P . T 4<br />
s Icon Legend on page 4<br />
52 Abound Pricer 1/<strong>2011</strong>
➤ Cable ports accommodate up to<br />
four individual voice and data<br />
outlets, and can be mounted<br />
anywhere there is an electrical<br />
receptacle opening.<br />
Each marked with<br />
Circuit Number<br />
Black only<br />
Black only<br />
Black only<br />
HHTADF3 HHTADF4<br />
HHTADJ5<br />
➤ AMP Data Faceplates attach to<br />
bottom of panel in front of baserail<br />
covers for easy cable routing.<br />
Description<br />
Four-circuit components and<br />
three-circuit components (with<br />
“A” suffix) not designed to be<br />
used together. See pages 46-47.<br />
Maximum Receptacle Capacity in<br />
Abound Panel Base Raceways<br />
Widths 24 30 36 42 48 60<br />
Maximum of<br />
1 duplex<br />
per panel side X<br />
Maximum of<br />
2 duplexes<br />
per panel side X X X X X<br />
Four-circuit<br />
3+1<br />
2+2<br />
Three-circuit,<br />
Separate<br />
Neutrals<br />
Ship<br />
Weight Cube List<br />
Duplex Receptacles<br />
Circuit 1 HH873501 HH873501A 0.5 s 0.1 $ 30<br />
Circuit 2 HH873502 HH873502A 0.5 s 0.1 $ 30<br />
Circuit 3 HH873503 HH873503A 0.5 s 0.1 $ 30<br />
Circuit 4 HH873504 HH873504A 0.5 s 0.1 $ 30<br />
Circuit 1 — 20 amp outlet HH873601 HH873601A 1.0 s 0.1 $ 30<br />
Circuit 3 (2 + 2) HH873506 HH873506A 0.5 s 0.1 $ 30<br />
Specify color.<br />
Description Model<br />
Communication Dome<br />
• Standard with 2 receptacles and openings for 2 data ports.<br />
• 6black power cord.<br />
• Fits into standard HON grommet or can clamp onto 4 overhang on desking, table, worksurface.<br />
• Attaches to Initiate panels via slots in panel.<br />
Available in Black (P) only.<br />
Electrical Strip<br />
• Includes 4 outlets, 10 cord.<br />
• Extension cords with outlet strip that clips to bottom of non-raceway panels.<br />
• Provides one 20 AMP circuit.<br />
Ship<br />
Weight Cube List<br />
HHD2R2D 1.0 s 0.2 $ 167<br />
HHES410 10.0 s 0.5 $ 177<br />
Wire Manager<br />
• HHEM model clips to bottom of panels. HHEM620 (62L) 10.0 s 0.5 $ 80<br />
• HHEV model has self-adhesive backing. Attaches to panels and underside of worksurfaces. HHEV920 (92L) 10.0 s 0.5 $ 89<br />
• Slits in wire manager allows cable to be passed into unit.<br />
AMP Data Faceplates<br />
Three-port flex-mode faceplate HAADF3 1.0 s 0.2 $ 16<br />
Four-port flex-mode faceplate HAADF4 1.0 s 0.2 $ 16<br />
NOTES: Data faceplates available in Almond (E3) and Black (E4).<br />
AMP RJ45 CAT 5E Jack — Black (P) HHTADJ5 1.0 s 0.1 $ 28<br />
AMP RJ45 CAT 6 Jack — Black (P) HHTADJ6 1.0 s 0.1 $ 39<br />
Models HHTADJ5 and HHTADJ6 snap into faceplate.<br />
How to specify 1st Option<br />
Select Model Number Select Color<br />
from above<br />
See page 6<br />
H H 8 7 3 5 0 1 . P<br />
s Icon Legend on page 4<br />
GSA SIN 711-1 Abound Electrical Components<br />
1/<strong>2011</strong> Abound Pricer 53
Working with Worksurfaces and Supports<br />
Worksurfaces are 1 1 ⁄ 4 thick with particle<br />
board core and with top surfaces finished<br />
in high-pressure laminate. Bottom surfaces<br />
are covered with a backer sheet.<br />
Worksurface bracket<br />
kits support<br />
worksurface by<br />
attaching to an<br />
adjacent return panel<br />
the same width as the<br />
worksurface depth.<br />
Brackets allow one<br />
end of a worksurface<br />
to be supported by<br />
a panel return.<br />
Cantilever brackets can be<br />
inserted into panel reveals in<br />
1" vertical increments. Left or<br />
right handed. One size is used<br />
for both 24"D and 30"D<br />
worksurfaces. 18" Cantilever<br />
brackets are used for 18"D<br />
worksurfaces. DO NOT USE<br />
cantilever brackets at the end<br />
of a worksurface where a<br />
return panel is positioned.<br />
Primary worksurfaces are available<br />
in 18, 24 and 30 depths.<br />
Nominal worksurface width is equal<br />
to nominal panel width. 66W to<br />
72W include a rear center support<br />
bracket. Other support hardware is<br />
ordered separately.<br />
Corner worksurfaces with<br />
woodgrain laminate have grain<br />
direction diagonal to adjacent<br />
worksurfaces. One rear center support<br />
bracket is included. All other support<br />
hardware is ordered separately.<br />
Wire management grommets are standard in most<br />
worksurfaces (unless scalloped or “no grommet”<br />
worksurfaces selected).<br />
Flat brackets can<br />
be used to<br />
connect one<br />
worksurface<br />
perpendicular to<br />
another<br />
worksurface.<br />
Corner Dual-Surface<br />
Worksurfaces provide maximum<br />
worksurface adjustability for seated<br />
individuals of all heights. Corner dualsurface<br />
worksurfaces can be mounted<br />
to panel at any basic product height.<br />
Corner worksurface must match<br />
exactly, the panel behind them. Two<br />
mounting brackets and one small flat<br />
bracket ship standard. Requires<br />
adjustable height mechanism, ordered<br />
separately.<br />
Corner worksurfaces optimize use of<br />
space, and provide a convenient location for<br />
computer and monitor.<br />
End-panel supports are<br />
used at the end of a run<br />
when no return panel is<br />
present. Straight<br />
worksurfaces adjacent to<br />
120° connections must be<br />
supported by full end<br />
panels. Leveling glides<br />
provide 23⁄4" of adjustment.<br />
Support legs are used to support<br />
worksurfaces only in a shared<br />
position.<br />
Wire management grommets are<br />
standard in most worksurfaces.<br />
Grommets are available in the same<br />
colors as t-mold and edgeband.<br />
Worksurfaces less than 48W have<br />
one grommet/scallop centered on<br />
edge of worksurface. Rectangular<br />
worksurfaces over 42W have two<br />
grommets/scallops. Peninsulas have<br />
one grommet or scallop. Corner<br />
Worksurfaces have one grommet or<br />
two scallops (one on each back edge).<br />
D-Shaped worksurfaces and<br />
countertops do not have grommets or<br />
scallops.<br />
Primary worksurfaces include cantilever<br />
brackets for mounting to frames.<br />
Edgeband and T-Mold Edge trim is<br />
available on laminate tops in nine<br />
standard colors (customer specified) to<br />
match solid laminates and to<br />
complement patterned or woodgrain<br />
laminates. Edgeband is also available<br />
in seven woodgrain options.<br />
Edgeband Profile<br />
T-Mold Edge Profile<br />
54 Abound Pricer 1/<strong>2011</strong><br />
“<br />
“
Optional width worksurfaces are<br />
available for use with panel runs<br />
having a TEE or Extended Straight<br />
connection.<br />
Worksurfaces can be configured at<br />
29 1 ⁄ 2 with end-panel supports and<br />
support legs, or at various heights on<br />
1 increments using specific product<br />
configurations.<br />
Worksurface support options<br />
include:<br />
Open leg models<br />
Support column<br />
Flat brackets<br />
Worksurface bracket kit<br />
Cantilever bracket<br />
Universal support leg<br />
End-panel support<br />
Freestanding pedestal<br />
Worksurface bracket kit allows<br />
one end of a worksurface to be<br />
supported by a return panel. Return<br />
panel width must be the same as the<br />
depth of the worksurface.<br />
Flat brackets can be used to connect<br />
one worksurface perpendicular to<br />
another work-surface.<br />
Cantilever brackets are left or right<br />
handed. They can be inserted into<br />
panel reveals in 1 vertical<br />
increments. One size is used for both<br />
24 and 30D worksurfaces. 18<br />
Cantilever brackets are used for 18D<br />
worksurfaces. Cantilevers are shipped<br />
with worksurface and do not need to<br />
be specified. Both left and right<br />
brackets are required in shared<br />
applications.<br />
Important: Do not use cantilever<br />
brackets at the end of a worksurface<br />
where no 90 return panel is<br />
positioned.<br />
Working with Worksurfaces and Supports<br />
Universal support legs are used to<br />
support worksurfaces only in a shared<br />
position.<br />
End-panel supports are used in<br />
place of return panels at the end of<br />
worksurface runs. Straight<br />
worksurfaces adjacent to 120<br />
connections must be supported by full<br />
end panels. End-panel supports are<br />
ordered for right- or left-handed<br />
application. Leveling glides provide<br />
1 1 ⁄ 2 of adjustment.<br />
Open Leg models are used to support<br />
various worksurface configurations<br />
and include attaching hardware and<br />
leveling glides.<br />
Freestanding pedestals can also be<br />
used to support one end of a panelattached<br />
worksurface in conjunction<br />
with worksurface bracket.<br />
D-Shaped, Peninsula and Jetty<br />
worksurfaces require support<br />
columns (ordered separately).<br />
Countertops are available in straight<br />
or corner configurations. Mounting<br />
hardware is included.<br />
Corner shelves are available in<br />
T-Mold or Edgeband options.<br />
Attachment brackets are included.<br />
1/<strong>2011</strong> Abound Pricer 55
Systems Worksurfaces — Primary GSA SIN 711-1<br />
➤ Use omit cantilever option if<br />
cantilever is not needed.<br />
Deduct $25 from the list price.<br />
➤ Worksurfaces are constructed<br />
of laminate on 11 ➤ T-Mold or Edgeband options.<br />
➤ Models up to 42W are standard<br />
⁄ 8 solid core<br />
high-performance particleboard.<br />
with one centered grommet. Models<br />
48W and wider are standard with<br />
two grommets.<br />
T-Mold Edge<br />
Edgeband<br />
W=panel width<br />
D=worksurface depth<br />
➤ Two cantilevers and one small flat<br />
bracket are standard with each<br />
worksurface. Use cantilevers to<br />
mount worksurface on panel.<br />
➤ 24W worksurfaces do not have a<br />
grommet.<br />
Description Model<br />
66W and 72W worksurfaces<br />
require one or more of the<br />
following: worksurface support<br />
brackets, end panel, universal<br />
support leg or pedestal support in<br />
conjunction with cantilever<br />
brackets.<br />
Ship<br />
Weight Cube<br />
When a run of worksurfaces<br />
equals or exceeds 8 feet, an end<br />
panel support is required for<br />
worksurface structural<br />
assurance.<br />
List Price by Edge<br />
“T” “P”<br />
Primary and/or Return Worksurfaces<br />
24W x18D HWR1824(?) 23 s 2.1 $ 237 $ 289<br />
30W x18D HWR1830(?) 28 s 2.1 $ 245 $ 299<br />
36W x18D HWR1836(?) 35 s 2.5 $ 254 $ 309<br />
42W x18D HWR1842(?) 39 s 2.8 $ 262 $ 319<br />
48W x18D HWR1848(?) 44 s 3.2 $ 287 $ 351<br />
54W x18D HWR1854(?) 48 4.0 $ 318 $ 388<br />
60W x18D HWR1860(?) 53 4.0 $ 326 $ 398<br />
66W x18D HWR1866(?) 65 4.7 $ 349 $ 426<br />
72W x18D HWR1872(?) 67 4.7 $ 357 $ 436<br />
24W x24D HWR2424(?) 31 s 2.2 $ 241 $ 295<br />
30W x24D HWR2430(?) 37 s 2.2 $ 249 $ 308<br />
36W x24D HWR2436(?) 46 s 2.5 $ 259 $ 332<br />
42W x24D HWR2442(?) 52 s 2.5 $ 299 $ 363<br />
48W x24D HWR2448(?) 58 s 3.3 $ 316 $ 384<br />
54W x24D HWR2454(?) 64 4.0 $ 334 $ 405<br />
60W x24D HWR2460(?) 70 4.0 $ 364 $ 449<br />
66W x24D HWR2466(?) 86 4.8 $ 387 $ 480<br />
72W x24D HWR2472(?) 89 4.8 $ 405 $ 497<br />
24W x30D HWR3024(?) 47 s 2.2 $ 254 $ 308<br />
30W x30D HWR3030(?) 56 s 2.6 $ 257 $ 351<br />
36W x30D HWR3036(?) 62 3.1 $ 278 $ 370<br />
42W x30D HWR3042(?) 64 3.6 $ 323 $ 392<br />
48W x30D HWR3048(?) 68 4.0 $ 338 $ 412<br />
54W x30D HWR3054(?) 80 5.0 $ 365 $ 442<br />
60W x30D HWR3060(?) 101 5.0 $ 399 $ 488<br />
66W x30D HWR3066(?) 105 6.0 $ 421 $ 519<br />
72W x30D HWR3072(?) 105 6.0 $ 447 $ 554<br />
NOTES: Add “B” prefix and “T” suffix to the Model Number for primary worksurfaces to span a TEE or EXTENDED STRAIGHT connection. Add upcharge<br />
of $25 List per model. Specifying Example for TEE or EXTENDED STRAIGHT tops: BHWR2424TT.K7.K.T1.C.TQ.<br />
Add suffix “N” to Model Number for worksurfaces with no grommets. No upcharge. Specifying Example for omit grommet option: HWR2424TN.K7.K.C.T1.<br />
How to specify 1st Option 2nd Option 3rd Option 4th Option 5th Option<br />
Select Model Number<br />
from above<br />
Select Edge Profile<br />
T Thin T-Mold<br />
P Edgeband<br />
Select Laminate Select Edge Color Select Grommet<br />
Color<br />
See page 6 See page 6 See page 6 C<br />
Select Cantilever<br />
Option<br />
Ship with Cantilever<br />
(default option)<br />
X Omit Cantilever<br />
(deduct $25 from<br />
list price)<br />
H W R 2 4 2 4 T . K 7 . K . T 1 . C . T 1<br />
s Icon Legend on page 4<br />
Select Cantilever<br />
Paint Color<br />
See page 6<br />
56 Abound Pricer 1/<strong>2011</strong>
➤ Use omit cantilever option if<br />
cantilever is not needed.<br />
Deduct $25 from the list price.<br />
➤ Worksurfaces are constructed<br />
of laminate on 11 ➤ All models are standard with scallops<br />
for wire management; 42W orless<br />
have one centered, 48W or greater<br />
have two.<br />
⁄ 8 solid core ➤ No grommet option specified on<br />
high-performance particleboard. grommet models. See page 56.<br />
➤ All worksurfaces load tested to ➤ Cantilever brackets are included with<br />
BIFMA standards.<br />
each worksurface for mounting<br />
➤ Order worksurfaces to<br />
panels.<br />
correspond to width of panel<br />
behind them.<br />
1.0"<br />
6.9"<br />
Wire Management<br />
Scallop Detail<br />
W=panel width<br />
D=worksurface depth<br />
Worksurfaces not designed to be<br />
used on Simplicity II.<br />
66W and 72W worksurfaces<br />
require one or more of the<br />
following: worksurface support<br />
brackets, end panel, universal<br />
support leg or pedestal support in<br />
conjunction with cantilever<br />
brackets.<br />
Description Model<br />
The use of an end panel at the<br />
end of a worksurface will<br />
increase the rigidity of the<br />
workstation. If the panel is a<br />
greater dimension than the<br />
worksurface, an end panel is<br />
requirediftherunofthe<br />
worksurfaces is 8 feet or greater.<br />
Ship<br />
Weight Cube<br />
When an installation of<br />
worksurfaces is 8 feet or greater,<br />
a full end panel or universal<br />
support leg must be used at 90<br />
degree panel junctions or in a<br />
shared position to support<br />
adjoining worksurfaces.<br />
List Price by Edge<br />
“T” “P”<br />
Primary and/or Return Worksurfaces<br />
24W x18D HWR1824S(?) 23 s 2.1 $ 224 $ 273<br />
30W x18D HWR1830S(?) 28 s 2.1 $ 231 $ 282<br />
36W x18D HWR1836S(?) 35 s 2.5 $ 239 $ 291<br />
42W x18D HWR1842S(?) 39 s 2.8 $ 247 $ 301<br />
48W x18D HWR1848S(?) 44 s 3.2 $ 271 $ 330<br />
54W x18D HWR1854S(?) 48 s 4.0 $ 300 $ 366<br />
60W x18D HWR1860S(?) 53 s 4.0 $ 308 $ 372<br />
66W x18D HWR1866S(?) 65 s 4.7 $ 329 $ 398<br />
72W x18D HWR1872S(?) 67 s 4.7 $ 337 $ 407<br />
24W x24D HWR2424S(?) 31 s 2.2 $ 227 $ 278<br />
30W x24D HWR2430S(?) 37 s 2.2 $ 235 $ 291<br />
36W x24D HWR2436S(?) 46 s 2.5 $ 245 $ 313<br />
42W x24D HWR2442S(?) 52 s 2.9 $ 280 $ 342<br />
48W x24D HWR2448S(?) 58 s 3.3 $ 296 $ 362<br />
54W x24D HWR2454S(?) 64 s 4.0 $ 316 $ 382<br />
60W x24D HWR2460S(?) 70 s 4.0 $ 343 $ 424<br />
66W x24D HWR2466S(?) 86 s 4.8 $ 367 $ 453<br />
72W x24D HWR2472S(?) 89 s 4.8 $ 381 $ 469<br />
24W x30D HWR3024S(?) 47 s 2.2 $ 238 $ 289<br />
30W x30D HWR3030S(?) 56 s 2.6 $ 241 $ 328<br />
36W x30D HWR3036S(?) 62 3.1 $ 259 $ 347<br />
42W x30D HWR3042S(?) 64 3.6 $ 302 $ 366<br />
48W x30D HWR3048S(?) 68 4.0 $ 317 $ 386<br />
54W x30D HWR3054S(?) 80 5.0 $ 341 $ 414<br />
60W x30D HWR3060S(?) 101 5.0 $ 371 $ 457<br />
66W x30D HWR3066S(?) 105 6.0 $ 395 $ 485<br />
72W x30D HWR3072S(?) 105 6.0 $ 418 $ 518<br />
NOTES: Add prefix “B” and suffix “F” to the Model Number for primary worksurfaces to span a TEE or EXTENDED STRAIGHT connection. Add 2 to the<br />
worksurface. Add upcharge of $25 List per model. Specifying Example for TEE or EXTENDED STRAIGHT tops: BHW2424STF.K7.T1.C.T1.<br />
How to specify 1st Option 2nd Option 3rd Option 4th Option<br />
Select Model Number<br />
from above<br />
Select Edge Profile<br />
T Thin T-Mold<br />
P Edgeband<br />
GSA SIN 711-1 Systems Scalloped Worksurfaces — Primary<br />
Select Laminate Select Edge Color Select Cantilever<br />
Option<br />
See page 6 See page 6 C Ship with Cantilever<br />
(default option)<br />
X Omit Cantilever<br />
(deduct $25 from list<br />
price)<br />
H W 2 4 2 4 S T . K 7 . T 1 . C . T 1<br />
s Icon Legend on page 4<br />
Select Cantilever<br />
Paint Color<br />
See page 6<br />
1/<strong>2011</strong> Abound Pricer 57
Systems Worksurfaces — Rudder GSA SIN 711-1<br />
➤ Use omit cantilever option if<br />
cantilever is not needed.<br />
Deduct $25 from the list price.<br />
➤ Worksurfaces are constructed of<br />
laminate on 1 1 ⁄ 8 solid core highperformance<br />
particleboard.<br />
➤ Includes one cantilever bracket.<br />
Specify paint.<br />
➤ Order support column separately —<br />
see page 79.<br />
Description Model<br />
➤ T-Mold or Edgeband edges.<br />
➤ Can also be attached perpendicular<br />
to a primary worksurface using Flat<br />
or “Z” Brackets.<br />
Ship<br />
Weight Cube<br />
➤ Refer to Worksurface Supports, pages<br />
79-80.<br />
List Price by Edge<br />
“T” “P”<br />
Rudder Worksurfaces — Left<br />
48A x24B x32C x16 3 ⁄ 4D HWR2448L(?) 68 5.7 $ 607 $ 741<br />
54A x24B x32C x22 3 ⁄ 4D HWR2454L(?) 80 5.7 $ 615 $ 751<br />
60A x24B x32C x28 3 ⁄ 4D HWR2460L(?) 92 5.7 $ 624 $ 761<br />
66A x24B x32C x34 3 ⁄ 4D HWR2466L(?) 105 6.8 $ 632 $ 771<br />
72A x24B x32C x40 3 ⁄ 4D HWR2472L(?) 110 6.8 $ 640 $ 781<br />
48A x30B x38C x19 1 ⁄ 2D HWR3048L(?) 78 7.9 $ 663 $ 808<br />
54A x30B x38C x25 1 ⁄ 2D HWR3054L(?) 96 7.9 $ 740 $ 902<br />
60A x30B x38C x31 1 ⁄ 2D HWR3060L(?) 114 7.9 $ 748 $ 912<br />
66A x30B x38C x37 1 ⁄ 2D HWR3066L(?) 124 7.9 $ 756 $ 922<br />
72A x30B x38C x43 1 ⁄ 2D HWR3072L(?) 131 7.9 $ 764 $ 932<br />
Rudder Worksurfaces — Right<br />
48A x24B x32C x16 3 ⁄ 4D HWR2448R(?) 68 5.7 $ 607 $ 741<br />
54A x24B x32C x22 3 ⁄ 4D HWR2454R(?) 80 5.7 $ 615 $ 751<br />
60A x24B x32C x28 3 ⁄ 4D HWR2460R(?) 92 5.7 $ 624 $ 761<br />
66A x24B x32C x34 3 ⁄ 4D HWR2466R(?) 105 6.8 $ 632 $ 771<br />
72A x24B x32C x40 3 ⁄ 4D HWR2472R(?) 110 6.8 $ 640 $ 781<br />
48A x30B x38C x191 ⁄ 2D HWR3048R(?) 78 7.9 $ 663 $ 808<br />
54A x30B x38C x251 ⁄ 2D HWR3054R(?) 96 7.9 $ 740 $ 902<br />
60A x30B x38C x311 ⁄ 2D HWR3060R(?) 114 7.9 $ 748 $ 912<br />
66A x30B x38C x371 ⁄ 2D HWR3066R(?) 124 7.9 $ 756 $ 922<br />
72A x30B x38C x431 ⁄ 2D HWR3072R(?) 131 7.9 $ 764 $ 932<br />
NOTES: Add suffix “N” to Model Number for worksurfaces with no grommets. No upcharge. Specifying Example for omit grommet options:<br />
HWR2448LTN.K7.K.C.T1.<br />
C<br />
A<br />
D<br />
How to specify 1st Option 2nd Option 3rd Option 4th Option 5th Option<br />
Select Model Number<br />
from above<br />
Select Edge Profile<br />
T Thin T-Mold<br />
P Edgeband<br />
Select Laminate Select Edge<br />
Color<br />
B<br />
B<br />
D<br />
Select Grommet<br />
Color<br />
See page 6 See page 6 See page 6 C<br />
A<br />
Select Cantilever<br />
Option<br />
X<br />
Ship with<br />
Cantilever<br />
(default option)<br />
Omit Cantilever<br />
(deduct $25 from<br />
list price)<br />
H W R 2 4 4 8 L T . K 7 . K . T 1 . C . T 1<br />
Icon Legend on page 4<br />
C<br />
Select Cantilever<br />
Paint Color<br />
See page 6<br />
58 Abound Pricer 1/<strong>2011</strong>
➤ Use omit cantilever option if<br />
cantilever is not needed.<br />
Deduct $25 from the list price.<br />
1.0"<br />
6.9"<br />
Wire Management<br />
Scallop Detail<br />
➤ Worksurfaces are constructed of<br />
laminate on 1 1 ⁄ 8 solid core highperformance<br />
particleboard.<br />
➤ Includes one cantilever bracket.<br />
Specify paint.<br />
Description Model<br />
➤ Can also be attached perpendicular<br />
to a primary worksurface using Flat<br />
or “Z” Brackets.<br />
➤ See page 79 for support column.<br />
Ship<br />
Weight Cube<br />
Worksurfaces not designed to be<br />
used on Simplicity II.<br />
List Price by Edge<br />
“T” “P”<br />
Rudder Scalloped Worksurfaces — Left<br />
48A x24B x32C x16 3 ⁄ 4D HWR2448LS(?) 68 5.7 $ 572 $ 698<br />
54A x24B x32C x22 3 ⁄ 4D HWR2454LS(?) 80 5.7 $ 580 $ 707<br />
60A x24B x32C x28 3 ⁄ 4D HWR2460LS(?) 92 5.7 $ 588 $ 717<br />
66A x24B x32C x34 3 ⁄ 4D HWR2466LS(?) 105 6.8 $ 595 $ 726<br />
72A x24B x32C x40 3 ⁄ 4D HWR2472LS(?) 110 6.8 $ 603 $ 736<br />
48A x30B x38C x19 1 ⁄ 2D HWR3048LS(?) 78 7.9 $ 624 $ 756<br />
54A x30B x38C x25 1 ⁄ 2D HWR3054LS(?) 96 7.9 $ 697 $ 844<br />
60A x30B x38C x31 1 ⁄ 2D HWR3060LS(?) 114 7.9 $ 704 $ 853<br />
66A x30B x38C x37 1 ⁄ 2D HWR3066LS(?) 124 7.9 $ 712 $ 862<br />
72A x30B x38C x43 1 ⁄ 2D HWR3072LS(?) 131 7.9 $ 720 $ 872<br />
Rudder Scalloped Worksurfaces — Right<br />
48A x24B x32C x16 3 ⁄ 4D HWR2448RS(?) 68 5.7 $ 572 $ 698<br />
54A x24B x32C x22 3 ⁄ 4D HWR2454RS(?) 80 5.7 $ 580 $ 707<br />
60A x24B x32C x28 3 ⁄ 4D HWR2460RS(?) 92 5.7 $ 588 $ 717<br />
66A x24B x32C x34 3 ⁄ 4D HWR2466RS(?) 105 6.8 $ 595 $ 726<br />
72A x24B x32C x40 3 ⁄ 4D HWR2472RS(?) 110 6.8 $ 603 $ 736<br />
48A x30B x38C x19 1 ⁄ 2D HWR3048RS(?) 78 7.9 $ 624 $ 756<br />
54A x30B x38C x25 1 ⁄ 2D HWR3054RS(?) 96 7.9 $ 697 $ 844<br />
60A x30B x38C x31 1 ⁄ 2D HWR3060RS(?) 114 7.9 $ 704 $ 853<br />
66A x30B x38C x37 1 ⁄ 2D HWR3066RS(?) 124 7.9 $ 712 $ 862<br />
72A x30B x38C x43 1 ⁄ 2D HWR3072RS(?) 131 7.9 $ 720 $ 872<br />
C<br />
A<br />
D<br />
How to specify 1st Option 2nd Option 3rd Option 4th Option<br />
Select Model Number<br />
from above<br />
Select Edge Profile<br />
T Thin T-Mold<br />
P Edgeband<br />
B<br />
B<br />
Select Laminate Select Edge Color Select Cantilever<br />
Option<br />
See page 6 See page 6 C Ship with Cantilever<br />
(default option)<br />
X Omit Cantilever<br />
(deduct $25 from list<br />
price)<br />
H W R 2 4 4 8 L S T . K 7 . K . C . T 1<br />
Icon Legend on page 4<br />
GSA SIN 711-1 Systems Scalloped Worksurfaces — Rudder<br />
D<br />
A<br />
C<br />
Select Cantilever<br />
Paint Color<br />
See page 6<br />
1/<strong>2011</strong> Abound Pricer 59
Systems Worksurfaces — Saddle GSA SIN 711-1<br />
➤ Use omit cantilever option if<br />
cantilever is not needed.<br />
Deduct $25 from the list price.<br />
➤ Two cantilever brackets and one<br />
spider bracket are included with each<br />
worksurface for mounting panels.<br />
Specify paint color.<br />
➤ Worksurfaces are constructed of<br />
laminate on 1 1 ⁄ 8 solid core<br />
particleboard.<br />
➤ Refer to Worksurface Supports, pages<br />
79-80.<br />
➤ Universal support leg can be used to<br />
share support when worksurfaces are<br />
placed side-by-side.<br />
Description Model<br />
66W and 72W worksurfaces<br />
require one or more of the<br />
following: worksurface support<br />
brackets, end panel, universal<br />
support leg or pedestal support in<br />
conjunction with cantilever<br />
brackets. A full end panel can<br />
also be used for support in place<br />
of cantilever brackets.<br />
Ship<br />
Weight Cube<br />
When a run of worksurfaces<br />
equals or exceeds 8 feet, an end<br />
panel support is required for<br />
worksurface structural<br />
assurance.<br />
List Price by Edge<br />
“T” “P”<br />
Saddle Worksurfaces — Left<br />
60A x24B x18C x4D HWS246018L(?) 92 5.7 $ 607 $ 741<br />
66A x24B x18C x10D HWS246618L(?) 105 6.8 $ 615 $ 751<br />
72A x24B x18C x16D HWS247218L(?) 110 6.8 $ 656 $ 801<br />
66A x24B x24C x4D HWS246624L(?) 105 6.8 $ 615 $ 751<br />
72A x24B x24C x10D HWS247224L(?) 110 6.8 $ 624 $ 761<br />
72A x24B x30C x4D HWS247230L(?) 131 7.9 $ 665 $ 811<br />
60A x30B x18C x4D HWS306018L(?) 92 5.7 $ 615 $ 751<br />
66A x30B x18C x10D HWS306618L(?) 105 6.8 $ 624 $ 761<br />
72A x30B x18C x16D HWS307218L(?) 110 6.8 $ 665 $ 811<br />
66A x30B x24C x4D HWS306624L(?) 105 6.8 $ 624 $ 761<br />
72A x30B x24C x10D HWS307224L(?) 110 6.8 $ 632 $ 771<br />
72A x30B x30C x4D HWS307230L(?) 131 7.9 $ 673 $ 821<br />
Saddle Worksurfaces — Right<br />
60A x24B x18C x4D HWS246018R(?) 92 5.7 $ 607 $ 741<br />
66A x24B x18C x10D HWS246618R(?) 105 6.8 $ 615 $ 751<br />
72A x24B x18C x16D HWS247218R(?) 110 6.8 $ 656 $ 801<br />
66A x24B x24C x4D HWS246624R(?) 105 6.8 $ 615 $ 751<br />
72A x24B x24C x10D HWS247224R(?) 110 6.8 $ 624 $ 761<br />
72A x24B x30C x4D HWS247230R(?) 131 7.9 $ 665 $ 811<br />
60A x30B x18C x4D HWS306018R(?) 92 5.7 $ 615 $ 751<br />
66A x30B x18C x10D HWS306618R(?) 105 6.8 $ 624 $ 761<br />
72A x30B x18C x16D HWS307218R(?) 110 6.8 $ 665 $ 811<br />
66A x30B x24C x4D HWS306624R(?) 105 6.8 $ 624 $ 761<br />
72A x30B x24C x10D HWS307224R(?) 110 6.8 $ 632 $ 771<br />
72A x30B x30C x4D HWS307230R(?) 131 7.9 $ 673 $ 821<br />
NOTES: Add suffix “N” to Model Number for worksurfaces with no grommets. No upcharge. Specifying Example for omit grommet options:<br />
HWS2460LPN.K7.K.C.T1.<br />
D<br />
A<br />
B<br />
B<br />
C C D<br />
How to specify 1st Option 2nd Option 3rd Option 4th Option 5th Option<br />
Select Model Number<br />
from above<br />
Select Laminate Select Edge<br />
Color<br />
Select Grommet<br />
Color<br />
See page 6 See page 6 See page 6 C<br />
A<br />
Select<br />
Cantilever<br />
Option<br />
X<br />
Ship with<br />
Cantilever<br />
(default option)<br />
Omit Cantilever<br />
(deduct $25 from<br />
list price)<br />
H W S 2 4 6 0 1 8 L P . K 7 . K . T 1 . C . T 1<br />
Icon Legend on page 4<br />
Select<br />
Cantilever Paint<br />
Color<br />
See page 6<br />
60 Abound Pricer 1/<strong>2011</strong>
➤ Use omit cantilever option if<br />
cantilever is not needed.<br />
Deduct $25 from the list price.<br />
➤ No grommet option specified<br />
for grommet models. See page<br />
60.<br />
1.0"<br />
6.9"<br />
Wire Management<br />
Scallop Detail<br />
➤ Two cantilever brackets and one<br />
spider bracket are included with each<br />
worksurface for mounting panels.<br />
Specify paint color.<br />
➤ Worksurfaces are constructed of<br />
laminate on 1 1 ⁄ 8 solid core<br />
particleboard.<br />
➤ Refer to Worksurface Supports, pages<br />
79-80.<br />
➤ Universal support leg can be used to<br />
share support when worksurfaces are<br />
placed side-by-side.<br />
Description Model<br />
66W and 72W worksurfaces<br />
require one or more of the<br />
following: worksurface support<br />
brackets, end panel, universal<br />
support leg or pedestal support in<br />
conjunction with cantilever<br />
brackets. A full end panel can<br />
also be used for support in place<br />
of cantilever brackets.<br />
Ship<br />
Weight Cube<br />
When a run of worksurfaces<br />
equals or exceeds 8 feet, an end<br />
panel support is required for<br />
worksurface structural<br />
assurance.<br />
List Price by Edge<br />
“T” “P”<br />
Saddle Scalloped Worksurfaces — Left<br />
60A x24B x18C x4D HWS246018LS(?) 92 5.7 $ 572 $ 698<br />
66A x24B x18C x10D HWS246618LS(?) 105 6.8 $ 580 $ 707<br />
72A x24B x18C x16D HWS247218LS(?) 110 6.8 $ 618 $ 754<br />
66A x24B x24C x4D HWS246624LS(?) 105 6.8 $ 580 $ 707<br />
72A x24B x24C x10D HWS247224LS(?) 110 6.8 $ 588 $ 717<br />
72A x24B x30C x4D HWS247230LS(?) 131 7.9 $ 626 $ 764<br />
60A x30B x18C x4D HWS306018LS(?) 92 5.7 $ 580 $ 702<br />
66A x30B x18C x10D HWS306618LS(?) 105 6.8 $ 588 $ 711<br />
72A x30B x18C x16D HWS307218LS(?) 110 6.8 $ 626 $ 758<br />
66A x30B x24C x4D HWS306624LS(?) 105 6.8 $ 588 $ 711<br />
72A x30B x24C x10D HWS307224LS(?) 110 6.8 $ 595 $ 721<br />
72A x30B x30C x4D HWS307230LS(?) 131 7.9 $ 634 $ 768<br />
Saddle Scalloped Worksurfaces — Right<br />
60A x24B x18C x4D HWS246018RS(?) 92 5.7 $ 572 $ 698<br />
66A x24B x18C x10D HWS246618RS(?) 105 6.8 $ 580 $ 707<br />
72A x24B x18C x16D HWS247218RS(?) 110 6.8 $ 618 $ 754<br />
66A x24B x24C x4D HWS246624RS(?) 105 6.8 $ 580 $ 707<br />
72A x24B x24C x10D HWS247224RS(?) 110 6.8 $ 588 $ 717<br />
72A x24B x30C x4D HWS247230RS(?) 131 7.9 $ 626 $ 764<br />
60A x30B x18C x4D HWS306018RS(?) 92 5.7 $ 580 $ 702<br />
66A x30B x18C x10D HWS306618RS(?) 105 6.8 $ 588 $ 711<br />
72A x30B x18C x16D HWS307218RS(?) 110 6.8 $ 626 $ 758<br />
66A x30B x24C x4D HWS306624RS(?) 105 6.8 $ 588 $ 711<br />
72A x30B x24C x10D HWS307224RS(?) 110 6.8 $ 595 $ 721<br />
72A x30B x30C x4D HWS307230RS(?) 131 7.9 $ 634 $ 768<br />
A<br />
D C C<br />
B<br />
How to specify 1st Option 2nd Option 3rd Option 4th Option<br />
Select Model Number<br />
from above<br />
Select Edge Profile<br />
T Thin T-Mold<br />
P Edgeband<br />
B<br />
Select Laminate Select Edge Color Select Cantilever<br />
Option<br />
See page 6 See page 6 C Ship with Cantilever<br />
(default option)<br />
X Omit Cantilever<br />
(deduct $25 from list<br />
price)<br />
H W S 2 4 6 0 1 8 R S T . K 7 . K . C . T 1<br />
Icon Legend on page 4<br />
GSA SIN 711-1 Systems Scalloped Worksurfaces — Saddle<br />
A<br />
D<br />
Select Cantilever<br />
Paint Color<br />
See page 6<br />
1/<strong>2011</strong> Abound Pricer 61
Systems Worksurfaces — Wedge GSA SIN 711-1<br />
➤ Use omit cantilever option if<br />
cantilever is not needed.<br />
Deduct $25 from the list price.<br />
➤ Cantilever brackets are included<br />
with each worksurface for<br />
mounting panels. Specify paint.<br />
➤ Worksurfaces are constructed of<br />
laminate on 1 1 ⁄ 8 solid core<br />
particleboard.<br />
➤ Refer to Worksurface Supports, pages<br />
79-80.<br />
➤ Universal support leg can be used to<br />
share support when worksurfaces are<br />
placed side-by-side.<br />
Description Model<br />
66W and 72W worksurfaces<br />
require one or more of the<br />
following: worksurface support<br />
brackets, end panel, universal<br />
support leg or pedestal support in<br />
conjunction with cantilever<br />
brackets. A full end panel can<br />
also be used for support in place<br />
of cantilever brackets.<br />
Ship<br />
Weight Cube<br />
When a run of worksurfaces<br />
equals or exceeds 8 feet, an end<br />
panel support is required for<br />
worksurface structural<br />
assurance.<br />
List Price by Edge<br />
“T” “P”<br />
Wedge Worksurfaces<br />
48A x24B x30C HWD244830(?) 64 4.8 $ 426 $ 519<br />
54A x24B x30C HWD245430(?) 80 4.8 $ 457 $ 557<br />
60A x24B x30C HWD246030(?) 101 4.8 $ 487 $ 594<br />
66A x24B x30C HWD246630(?) 105 5.7 $ 518 $ 632<br />
72A x24B x30C HWD247230(?) 105 5.7 $ 549 $ 670<br />
Wedge Worksurfaces<br />
48A x30B x24C HWD304824(?) 64 4.8 $ 426 $ 519<br />
54A x30B x24C HWD305424(?) 80 4.8 $ 457 $ 557<br />
60A x30B x24C HWD306024(?) 101 4.8 $ 487 $ 594<br />
66A x30B x24C HWD306624(?) 105 5.7 $ 518 $ 632<br />
72A x30B x24C HWD307224(?) 105 5.7 $ 549 $ 670<br />
NOTES: Add suffix “N” to Model Number for worksurfaces with no grommets. No upcharge. Specifying Example for omit grommet options:<br />
HWD244830TN.K7.K.C.T1.<br />
B<br />
A<br />
How to specify 1st Option 2nd Option 3rd Option 4th Option 5th Option<br />
Select Model Number<br />
from above<br />
C<br />
Select Laminate Select Edge<br />
Color<br />
B<br />
Select Grommet<br />
Color<br />
See page 6 See page 6 See page 6 C<br />
A<br />
Select<br />
Cantilever<br />
Option<br />
X<br />
Ship with<br />
Cantilever<br />
(default option)<br />
Omit Cantilever<br />
(deduct $25 from<br />
list price)<br />
H W D 2 4 4 8 3 0 T . K 7 . K . T 1 . C . T 1<br />
Icon Legend on page 4<br />
C<br />
Select<br />
Cantilever Paint<br />
Color<br />
See page 6<br />
62 Abound Pricer 1/<strong>2011</strong>
➤ Use omit cantilever option if<br />
cantilever is not needed.<br />
Deduct $25 from the list price.<br />
➤ No grommet option specified<br />
for grommet models. See page<br />
62.<br />
1.0"<br />
6.9"<br />
Wire Management<br />
Scallop Detail<br />
➤ Cantilever brackets are included with<br />
each worksurface for mounting<br />
panels. Specify paint color.<br />
➤ Worksurfaces are constructed of<br />
laminate on 1 1 ⁄ 8 solid core<br />
particleboard.<br />
➤ Refer to Worksurface Supports, pages<br />
79-80.<br />
➤ Universal support leg can be used to<br />
share support when worksurfaces are<br />
placed side-by-side.<br />
Description Model<br />
66W and 72W worksurfaces<br />
require one or more of the<br />
following: worksurface support<br />
brackets, end panel, universal<br />
support leg or pedestal support in<br />
conjunction with cantilever<br />
brackets. A full end panel can<br />
also be used for support in place<br />
of cantilever brackets.<br />
Ship<br />
Weight Cube<br />
When a run of worksurfaces<br />
equals or exceeds 8 feet, an end<br />
panel support is required for<br />
worksurface structural<br />
assurance.<br />
List Price by Edge<br />
“T” “P”<br />
Wedge Scalloped Worksurfaces<br />
48A x24B x30C HWD244830S(?) 64 4.8 $ 401 $ 489<br />
54A x24B x30C HWD245430S(?) 80 4.8 $ 430 $ 525<br />
60A x24B x30C HWD246030S(?) 101 4.8 $ 459 $ 560<br />
66A x24B x30C HWD246630S(?) 105 5.7 $ 488 $ 595<br />
72A x24B x30C HWD247230S(?) 105 5.7 $ 517 $ 631<br />
Wedge Scalloped Worksurfaces<br />
48A x30B x24C HWD304824S(?) 64 4.8 $ 401 $ 489<br />
54A x30B x24C HWD305424S(?) 80 4.8 $ 430 $ 525<br />
60A x30B x24C HWD306024S(?) 101 4.8 $ 459 $ 560<br />
66A x30B x24C HWD306624S(?) 105 5.7 $ 488 $ 595<br />
72A x30B x24C HWD307224S(?) 105 5.7 $ 517 $ 631<br />
B<br />
A<br />
How to specify 1st Option 2nd Option 3rd Option 4th Option<br />
Select Model Number<br />
from above<br />
Select Edge Profile<br />
T Thin T-Mold<br />
P Edgeband<br />
C<br />
B<br />
Select Laminate Select Edge Color Select Cantilever<br />
Option<br />
See page 6 See page 6 C Ship with Cantilever<br />
(default option)<br />
X Omit Cantilever<br />
(deduct $25 from list<br />
price)<br />
H W D 2 4 4 8 3 0 S T . K 7 . K . C . T 1<br />
Icon Legend on page 4<br />
GSA SIN 711-1 Systems Scalloped Worksurfaces — Wedge<br />
A<br />
C<br />
Select Cantilever<br />
Paint Color<br />
See page 6<br />
1/<strong>2011</strong> Abound Pricer 63
Systems Worksurfaces — Wave GSA SIN 711-1<br />
➤ Use omit cantilever option if<br />
cantilever is not needed.<br />
Deduct $25 from the list price.<br />
T-Mold Edge<br />
Edgeband<br />
W=panel width<br />
D=worksurface depth<br />
T-Mold Edge<br />
Edgeband<br />
W=panel width<br />
D=worksurface depth<br />
➤ Cantilever brackets are included with<br />
each worksurface for mounting<br />
panels.<br />
➤ Worksurfaces are constructed of<br />
laminate on 1 1 ⁄ 8 solid core<br />
particleboard.<br />
➤ Refer to Worksurface Supports, pages<br />
79-80.<br />
➤ Universal support leg can be used to<br />
share support when worksurfaces are<br />
placed side-by-side.<br />
Description S Model<br />
66W and 72W worksurfaces<br />
require one or more of the<br />
following: worksurface support<br />
brackets, end panel, universal<br />
support leg or pedestal support in<br />
conjunction with cantilever<br />
brackets. A full end panel can<br />
also be used for support in place<br />
of cantilever brackets.<br />
Ship<br />
Weight Cube<br />
When a run of worksurfaces<br />
equals or exceeds 8 feet, an end<br />
panel support is required for<br />
worksurface structural<br />
assurance.<br />
List Price by Edge<br />
“T” “P”<br />
Wave Worksurfaces<br />
30W x24D 1 x30D2 111 ⁄ 2 HWW30AB(?) 36 2.6 $ 248 $ 387<br />
36W x24D 1 x30D2 131 ⁄ 2 HWW36AB(?) 42 3.1 $ 277 $ 414<br />
42W x24D 1 x30D2 151 ⁄ 2 HWW42AB(?) 43 3.6 $ 345 $ 439<br />
48W x24D 1 x30D2 151 ⁄ 2 HWW48AB(?) 48 4.0 $ 367 $ 464<br />
54W x24D 1 x30D2 211 ⁄ 2 HWW54AB(?) 54 5.0 $ 407 $ 503<br />
60W x24D 1 x30D2 271 ⁄ 2 HWW60AB(?) 57 5.0 $ 435 $ 552<br />
66W x24D 1 x30D2 331 ⁄ 2 HWW66AB(?) 66 6.0 $ 470 $ 587<br />
72W x24D 1 x30D 2<br />
391 ⁄ 2 HWW72AB(?) 74 6.0 $ 507 $ 631<br />
30W x24D1 x30D2 111 ⁄ 2 HWW30BA(?) 36 2.6 $ 248 $ 387<br />
36W x24D 1 x30D2 131 ⁄ 2 HWW36BA(?) 42 3.1 $ 277 $ 414<br />
42W x24D 1 x30D 2<br />
151 ⁄ 2 HWW42BA(?) 43 3.6 $ 345 $ 439<br />
48W x24D 1 x30D2 151 ⁄ 2 HWW48BA(?) 48 4.0 $ 367 $ 464<br />
54W x24D 1 x30D 2<br />
211 ⁄ 2 HWW54BA(?) 54 5.0 $ 407 $ 503<br />
60W x24D 1 x30D2 271 ⁄ 2 HWW60BA(?) 57 5.0 $ 435 $ 552<br />
66W x24D 1 x30D 2<br />
331 ⁄ 2 HWW66BA(?) 66 6.0 $ 470 $ 587<br />
72W x24D 1 x30D2 391 ⁄ 2 HWW72BA(?) 74 6.0 $ 507 $ 631<br />
NOTES: Add suffix “N” to Model Number for worksurfaces with no grommets. No upcharge. Specifying Example for omit grommet options:<br />
HWW30ABTN.K7.K.C.T1.<br />
D 2<br />
S<br />
W<br />
How to specify 1st Option 2nd Option 3rd Option 4th Option 5th Option<br />
Select Model Number<br />
from above<br />
Select Edge Profile<br />
T Thin T-Mold<br />
P Edgeband<br />
D1<br />
Select Laminate Select Edge Color Select Grommet<br />
Color<br />
See page 6 See page 6 See page 6 C<br />
D 1<br />
W<br />
S<br />
Select Cantilever<br />
Option<br />
Ship with Cantilever<br />
(default option)<br />
X Omit Cantilever<br />
(deduct $25 from<br />
list price)<br />
HWW3 0 A B T . K 7 . K . T 1 . C . T 1<br />
Icon Legend on page 4<br />
D 2<br />
Select Cantilever<br />
Paint Color<br />
See page 6<br />
64 Abound Pricer 1/<strong>2011</strong>
➤ Use omit cantilever option if<br />
cantilever is not needed.<br />
Deduct $25 from the list price.<br />
➤ No grommet option specified<br />
for grommet models. See page<br />
64.<br />
1.0"<br />
6.9"<br />
Wire Management<br />
Scallop Detail<br />
W=panel width<br />
D=worksurface depth<br />
W=panel width<br />
D=worksurface depth<br />
➤ Cantilever brackets are included with<br />
each worksurface for mounting<br />
panels.<br />
➤ Worksurfaces are constructed of<br />
laminate on 1 1 ⁄ 8 solid core<br />
particleboard.<br />
➤ Refer to Worksurface Supports, pages<br />
79-80.<br />
➤ Universal support leg can be used to<br />
share support when worksurfaces are<br />
placed side-by-side.<br />
➤ All models standard with scallops for<br />
wire management; 42W orless<br />
have one, centered; 48W orwider<br />
have two.<br />
Description S Model<br />
66W and 72W worksurfaces<br />
require one or more of the<br />
following: worksurface support<br />
brackets, end panel, universal<br />
support leg or pedestal support in<br />
conjunction with cantilever<br />
brackets. A full end panel can<br />
also be used for support in place<br />
of cantilever brackets.<br />
Ship<br />
Weight Cube<br />
When a run of worksurfaces<br />
equals or exceeds 8 feet, an end<br />
panel support is required for<br />
worksurface structural<br />
assurance.<br />
List Price by Edge<br />
“T” “P”<br />
Scalloped Wave Worksurfaces<br />
30W x24D 1 x30D2 111 ⁄ 2 HWW30ABS(?) 36 2.6 $ 234 $ 365<br />
36W x24D 1 x30D2 131 ⁄ 2 HWW36ABS(?) 42 3.1 $ 261 $ 391<br />
42W x24D 1 x30D2 151 ⁄ 2 HWW42ABS(?) 43 3.6 $ 325 $ 414<br />
48W x24D 1 x30D2 151 ⁄ 2 HWW48ABS(?) 48 4.0 $ 346 $ 438<br />
54W x24D 1 x30D2 211 ⁄ 2 HWW54ABS(?) 54 5.0 $ 367 $ 475<br />
60W x24D 1 x30D2 271 ⁄ 2 HWW60ABS(?) 57 5.0 $ 409 $ 521<br />
66W x24D 1 x30D2 331 ⁄ 2 HWW66ABS(?) 66 6.0 $ 443 $ 554<br />
72W x24D 1 x30D 2<br />
391 ⁄ 2 HWW72ABS(?) 74 6.0 $ 478 $ 595<br />
30W x24D1 x30D2 111 ⁄ 2 HWW30BAS(?) 36 2.6 $ 234 $ 365<br />
36W x24D 1 x30D 2<br />
131 ⁄ 2 HWW36BAS(?) 42 3.1 $ 261 $ 391<br />
42W x24D 1 x30D 2<br />
151 ⁄ 2 HWW42BAS(?) 43 3.6 $ 325 $ 414<br />
48W x24D 1 x30D 2<br />
151 ⁄ 2 HWW48BAS(?) 48 4.0 $ 346 $ 438<br />
54W x24D 1 x30D 2<br />
211 ⁄ 2 HWW54BAS(?) 54 5.0 $ 367 $ 475<br />
60W x24D 1 x30D2 271 ⁄ 2 HWW60BAS(?) 57 5.0 $ 409 $ 521<br />
66W x24D 1 x30D 2<br />
331 ⁄ 2 HWW66BAS(?) 66 6.0 $ 443 $ 554<br />
72W x24D 1 x30D2 391 ⁄ 2 HWW72BAS(?) 74 6.0 $ 478 $ 595<br />
D 2<br />
S<br />
W<br />
How to specify 1st Option 2nd Option 3rd Option 4th Option<br />
Select Model Number<br />
from above<br />
Select Edge Profile<br />
T Thin T-Mold<br />
P Edgeband<br />
D 1<br />
D 1<br />
Select Laminate Select Edge Color Select Cantilever<br />
Option<br />
See page 6 See page 6 C Ship with Cantilever<br />
(default option)<br />
X Omit Cantilever<br />
(deduct $25 from list<br />
price)<br />
HWW3 0 A B S T . K 7 . K . C . T 1<br />
Icon Legend on page 4<br />
GSA SIN 711-1 Systems Scalloped Worksurfaces — Wave<br />
W<br />
S<br />
D 2<br />
Select Cantilever<br />
Paint Color<br />
See page 6<br />
1/<strong>2011</strong> Abound Pricer 65
➤ Use omit cantilever option if<br />
cantilever is not needed.<br />
Deduct $25 from the list price.<br />
T-Mold Edge<br />
Edgeband<br />
W=panel width<br />
D=worksurface depth<br />
24"<br />
Systems Worksurfaces — Corner GSA SIN 711-1<br />
36"<br />
45°<br />
11"R<br />
17"<br />
51"<br />
17"<br />
➤ If omit cantilever option is selected,<br />
corner worksurfaces will still ship<br />
with worksurface bracket.<br />
➤ Worksurfaces are constructed of<br />
laminate on 1 1 ⁄ 8 solid core highperformance<br />
particleboard.<br />
➤ T-Mold or Edgeband options.<br />
Description Model<br />
➤ Cantilever brackets allow for any ➤ Keyboard models H850500 or<br />
worksurface height. Brackets are HHKB800 are recommended for use<br />
included with each worksurface for on curved user edge worksurfaces.<br />
mounting on panels.<br />
➤ Refer to Worksurface Supports, pages<br />
79-80.<br />
Ship<br />
Weight Cube<br />
List Price by Edge<br />
“T” “P”<br />
Corner Worksurfaces with Curved User Edge<br />
36W x24D HWC3624(?) 53 s 3.7 $ 458 $ 508<br />
42W x24D HWC4224(?) 65 s 4.9 $ 501 $ 536<br />
48W x24D HWC4824(?) 76 6.3 $ 529 $ 600<br />
42W x30D HWC4230(?) 72 6.3 $ 563 $ 626<br />
48W x30D HWC4830(?) 77 6.3 $ 598 $ 673<br />
• Two cantilever brackets standard per worksurface. If adjacent worksurface is at a different height, order appropriate “Z” bracket — see page 80.<br />
• HWC3624(?) will not accept the H4022, H4028, or H4029 keyboard platforms. Models H850500 or HHKB800 are recommended.<br />
• One small worksurface bracket standard with each worksurface.<br />
NOTES: Add suffix “N” to Model Number for worksurfaces with no grommets. No upcharge. Specifying Example for omit grommet options:<br />
HWC3624TN.K7.K.C.T1.<br />
Corner worksurfaces must match exactly the panel behind them, i.e.: a 36 panel must be used on the back two sides of model<br />
HWC3624(?).<br />
42"<br />
24"<br />
42"<br />
45°<br />
11 "R<br />
25"<br />
59"<br />
17"<br />
46"<br />
30"<br />
42"<br />
45°<br />
11"R<br />
17"<br />
59"<br />
HWC3624(?) HWC4224(?) HWC4230(?) HWC4824(?) HWC4830(?)<br />
How to specify 1st Option 2nd Option 3rd Option 4th Option 5th Option<br />
Select Model Number<br />
from above<br />
Select Edge Profile<br />
T Thin T-Mold<br />
P Edgeband<br />
21"<br />
51"<br />
24"<br />
48"<br />
45°<br />
11" R<br />
34"<br />
68"<br />
Select Laminate Select Edge Color Select Grommet<br />
Color<br />
See page 6 See page 6 See page 6 C<br />
17"<br />
51"<br />
30"<br />
48"<br />
45°<br />
Select Cantilever<br />
Option<br />
Ship with Cantilever<br />
(default option)<br />
X Omit Cantilever<br />
(deduct $25 from<br />
list price)<br />
H W C 3 6 2 4 T . K 7 . K . T 1 . C . T 1<br />
s Icon Legend on page 4<br />
11"R<br />
25"<br />
68"<br />
21"<br />
Select Cantilever<br />
Paint Color<br />
See page 6<br />
66 Abound Pricer 1/<strong>2011</strong><br />
55"
➤ Use omit cantilever option if<br />
cantilever is not needed.<br />
Deduct $25 from the list price.<br />
T-Mold Edge<br />
Edgeband<br />
W=panel width<br />
D=worksurface depth<br />
24"<br />
36"<br />
45°<br />
16 3 /4"<br />
48 7 /8"<br />
17"<br />
42"<br />
➤ If omit cantilever option is selected,<br />
corner worksurfaces will still ship<br />
with worksurface bracket.<br />
➤ Worksurfaces are constructed of<br />
laminate on 1 1 ⁄ 8 solid core highperformance<br />
particleboard.<br />
➤ T-Mold or Edgeband options.<br />
Description Model<br />
➤ Cantilever brackets allow for any ➤ Keyboard models H850500 or<br />
worksurface height. Brackets are HHKB800 are recommended for use<br />
included with each worksurface for on curved user edge worksurfaces.<br />
mounting on panels. Specify paint.<br />
➤ Refer to Worksurface Supports, pages<br />
79-80.<br />
Ship<br />
Weight Cube<br />
List Price by Edge<br />
“T” “P”<br />
Corner Worksurfaces with Straight User Edge<br />
36W x24D HWCS3624(?) 53 s 3.7 $ 432 $ 490<br />
42W x24D HWCS4224(?) 65 s 4.9 $ 484 $ 510<br />
48W x24D HWCS4824(?) 76 6.3 $ 515 $ 564<br />
42W x30D HWCS4230(?) 72 6.3 $ 522 $ 612<br />
48W x30D HWCS4830(?) 77 6.3 $ 585 $ 621<br />
• Two cantilever brackets standard per worksurface. If adjacent worksurface is at a different height, order appropriate “Z” bracket — see page 80.<br />
• HWCS3624(?) will not accept the H4022, H4028, or H4029 keyboard platforms.<br />
• One small worksurface bracket standard with each worksurface.<br />
NOTES: Add suffix “N” to Model Number for worksurfaces with no grommets. No upcharge. Specifying Example for omit grommet options:<br />
HWCS3624TN.K7.K.C.T1.<br />
Corner worksurfaces must match exactly the panel behind them, i.e.: a 36 panel must be used on the back two sides of model<br />
HWCS3624(?).<br />
24"<br />
42"<br />
45°<br />
25 1 /4"<br />
57 1 /4"<br />
17"<br />
51"<br />
30"<br />
42"<br />
45°<br />
16 3 /4"<br />
57 1 /4"<br />
HWCS3624(?) HWCS4224(?) HWCS4230(?) HWCS4824(?) HWCS4830(?)<br />
How to specify 1st Option 2nd Option 3rd Option 4th Option 5th Option<br />
Select Model Number<br />
from above<br />
Select Edge Profile<br />
T Thin T-Mold<br />
P Edgeband<br />
21"<br />
51"<br />
Select Laminate Select Edge<br />
Color<br />
24"<br />
48"<br />
45°<br />
34"<br />
68"<br />
Select Grommet<br />
Color<br />
See page 6 See page 6 See page 6 C<br />
17"<br />
51"<br />
30"<br />
48"<br />
45°<br />
25"<br />
68"<br />
Select Cantilever<br />
Option<br />
X<br />
Ship with<br />
Cantilever<br />
(default option)<br />
Omit Cantilever<br />
(deduct $25 from<br />
list price)<br />
H W C S 3 6 2 4 T . K 7 . K . T 1 . C . T 1<br />
s Icon Legend on page 4<br />
GSA SIN 711-1 Systems Worksurfaces — Corner<br />
21"<br />
55"<br />
Select Cantilever<br />
Paint Color<br />
See page 6<br />
1/<strong>2011</strong> Abound Pricer 67
➤ Worksurfaces are constructed<br />
of laminate on 1 1 ⁄ 8 solid core<br />
high-performance particleboard.<br />
➤ Use omit cantilever option if<br />
cantilever is not needed.<br />
Deduct $25 from the list price.<br />
1.0"<br />
Systems Scalloped Worksurfaces — Corner GSA SIN 711-1<br />
6.9"<br />
Wire Management<br />
Scallop Detail<br />
W=panel width<br />
D=worksurface depth<br />
24"<br />
36"<br />
45°<br />
17"<br />
51"<br />
17"<br />
42"<br />
➤ If omit cantilever option is selected,<br />
corner worksurfaces will still ship<br />
with one worksurface bracket.<br />
➤ Initiate cantilever brackets allow for<br />
any worksurface height.<br />
➤ Refer to Worksurface Supports, pages<br />
79-80.<br />
➤ Two cantilever brackets, one<br />
worksurface support bracket standard<br />
per worksurface. If adjacent<br />
worksurface is at a different height,<br />
order appropriate “Z” bracket — see<br />
page 80.<br />
Description Model<br />
➤ All models are standard with scallops<br />
for wire management, one per back<br />
corner edge.<br />
Not designed to be used for<br />
Simplicity II.<br />
Ship<br />
Weight Cube<br />
Corner worksurfaces must match<br />
exactly the panel behind them,<br />
i.e.: a 36 panel must be used on<br />
the back two sides of model<br />
HWCS3624ST.<br />
List Price by Edge<br />
“T” “P”<br />
Scalloped Corner Worksurfaces with Straight User Edge<br />
36W x24D HWCS3624S(?) 53 s 3.6 $ 373 $ 462<br />
42W x24D HWCS4224S(?) 65 s 4.5 $ 422 $ 481<br />
48W x24D HWCS4824S(?) 76 s 6.1 $ 454 $ 531<br />
42W x30D HWCS4230S(?) 65 4.8 $ 467 $ 572<br />
48W x30D HWCS4830S(?) 77 6.1 $ 516 $ 582<br />
24"<br />
42"<br />
25"<br />
58"<br />
46"<br />
30"<br />
42"<br />
45°<br />
17"<br />
59"<br />
HWCS3624S(?) HWCS4224S(?) HWCS4824S(?) HWCS4230S(?) HWCS4830S(?)<br />
How to specify 1st Option 2nd Option 3rd Option 4th Option<br />
Select Model Number<br />
from above<br />
Select Edge Profile<br />
T Thin T-Mold<br />
P Edgeband<br />
21"<br />
51"<br />
30"<br />
42"<br />
Select Laminate Select Edge Color Select Cantilever<br />
Option<br />
See page 6 See page 6 C Ship with Cantilever<br />
(default option)<br />
X Omit Cantilever<br />
(deduct $25 from list<br />
price)<br />
H W C S 3 6 2 4 S T . K 7 . K . C . T 1<br />
s Icon Legend on page 4<br />
581 17"<br />
⁄2"<br />
51 1 ⁄2"<br />
30"<br />
48"<br />
45°<br />
25"<br />
68"<br />
21"<br />
Select Cantilever<br />
Paint Color<br />
See page 6<br />
68 Abound Pricer 1/<strong>2011</strong><br />
55"
➤ Worksurfaces are constructed<br />
of laminate on 1 1 ⁄ 8 solid core<br />
high-performance particleboard.<br />
➤ Use omit cantilever option if<br />
cantilever is not needed.<br />
Deduct $25 from the list price.<br />
T-Mold Edge<br />
Edgeband<br />
36"<br />
24"<br />
17"<br />
51"<br />
➤ If omit cantilever option is selected,<br />
corner worksurfaces will still ship<br />
with one worksurface bracket.<br />
➤ Initiate cantilever brackets allow for<br />
any worksurface height.<br />
➤ Refer to Worksurface Supports, pages<br />
79-80.<br />
➤ Two cantilever brackets, one<br />
worksurface support bracket and one<br />
small tie bracket standard per<br />
worksurface. If adjacent worksurface<br />
is at a different height, order<br />
appropriate “Z” bracket — see page<br />
80.<br />
Description Model<br />
➤ All models are standard with scallops<br />
for wire management, one per back<br />
corner edge.<br />
Not designed to be used for<br />
Simplicity II.<br />
Ship<br />
Weight Cube<br />
Corner worksurfaces must match<br />
exactly the panel behind them,<br />
i.e.: a 36 panel must be used on<br />
the back two sides of model<br />
HWC3624ST.<br />
List Price by Edge<br />
“T” “P”<br />
Scalloped Corner Worksurfaces with Curved User Edge<br />
36W x24D HWC3624S(?) 53 s 3.6 $ 432 $ 479<br />
42W x24D HWC4224S(?) 65 s 4.8 $ 473 $ 506<br />
48W x24D HWC4824S(?) 72 s 6.1 $ 499 $ 565<br />
42W x30D HWC4230S(?) 65 4.8 $ 526 $ 586<br />
48W x30D HWC4830S(?) 77 6.1 $ 559 $ 630<br />
17"<br />
42"<br />
24"<br />
42"<br />
25"<br />
58"<br />
46"<br />
48"<br />
24"<br />
34"<br />
68"<br />
HWC3624S(?) HWC4224S(?) HWC4824S(?) HWC4230S(?) HWC4830S(?)<br />
How to specify 1st Option 2nd Option 3rd Option 4th Option<br />
Select Model Number<br />
from above<br />
Select Edge Profile<br />
T Thin T-Mold<br />
P Edgeband<br />
17"<br />
51"<br />
Select Laminate Select Edge Color Select Cantilever<br />
Option<br />
See page 6 See page 6 C Ship with Cantilever<br />
(default option)<br />
X Omit Cantilever<br />
(deduct $25 from list<br />
price)<br />
H W C S 3 6 2 4 S T . K 7 . K . C . T 1<br />
s Icon Legend on page 4<br />
GSA SIN 711-1 Systems Scalloped Worksurfaces — Corner<br />
30"<br />
42"<br />
581 17"<br />
⁄2"<br />
51 1 ⁄2"<br />
48"<br />
30"<br />
25"<br />
68"<br />
21"<br />
Select Cantilever<br />
Paint Color<br />
See page 6<br />
1/<strong>2011</strong> Abound Pricer 69<br />
55"
➤ Worksurfaces are constructed<br />
of high-pressure laminate on<br />
1 1 ⁄ 8 solid core highperformance<br />
particleboard.<br />
➤ T-Mold or Edgeband edges.<br />
Edgeband<br />
T-Mold Edge<br />
W=panel width<br />
D=worksurface depth<br />
24"<br />
Systems Worksurfaces — 120 Degree Corner GSA SIN 711-1<br />
36"<br />
381 35<br />
/8"<br />
3 /4"R<br />
381 /2"<br />
203 /8"<br />
➤ Use omit cantilever option if<br />
cantilever is not needed. Deduct $25<br />
from the list price.<br />
➤ If omit cantilever option is selected,<br />
120 degree corner worksurfaces will<br />
still ship with worksurface bracket.<br />
➤ Cantilever brackets allow for any ➤ Keyboard models H850500 and<br />
worksurface height. Brackets are HHKB800 are recommended for use<br />
included with each worksurface for on curved user edge worksurfaces.<br />
mounting on panels.<br />
➤ Refer to Worksurface Supports, pages<br />
79-80.<br />
Not designed to use keyboard<br />
and pedestal under 120 degree<br />
corner worksurface.<br />
Description Model<br />
Ship<br />
Weight Cube<br />
If used at an end of run, full end<br />
panel needs to be ordered — see<br />
page 79.<br />
List Price by Edge<br />
“T” “P”<br />
120 Degree Corner Worksurfaces with Curved User Edge<br />
36W x24D HBWCT3624(?) 75 7.7 $ 596 $ 697<br />
42W x24D HBWCT4224(?) 96 9.2 $ 665 $ 746<br />
48W x24D HBWCT4824(?) 107 9.2 $ 689 $ 981<br />
42W x30D HBWCT4230(?) 102 11.4 $ 689 $ 840<br />
48W x30D HBWCT4830(?) 112 11.4 $ 715 $1043<br />
• Two cantilever brackets standard per worksurface. If adjacent worksurface is at a different height, order appropriate “Z” bracket — see page 80.<br />
• HBWCT3624(?) will not accept the H4022, HE4022, H4028, or H4029 keyboard platforms.<br />
• One small worksurface bracket standard with each worksurface.<br />
NOTES: Add suffix “N” to Model Number for worksurfaces with no grommets. No upcharge. Specifying Example for omit grommet options:<br />
HBWCT3624TN.K7.K.C.T1.<br />
Corner worksurfaces must match exactly the panel behind them, i.e.: a 36 panel must be used on the back two sides of model<br />
HBWCT3624(?).<br />
24"<br />
42"<br />
485 35<br />
⁄8"<br />
3 ⁄4"R<br />
411 ⁄2"<br />
203 ⁄8"<br />
30"<br />
42"<br />
421 29<br />
⁄2"<br />
3 ⁄4"R<br />
HBWCT3624(?) HBWCT4230(?) HBWCT4830(?)<br />
461 ⁄2"<br />
251 ⁄2"<br />
24"<br />
48"<br />
35<br />
59"<br />
3 ⁄4"R<br />
HBWCT4224(?) HBWCT4824(?)<br />
How to specify 1st Option 2nd Option 3rd Option 4th Option 5th Option<br />
Select Model Number<br />
from above<br />
Select Edge Profile<br />
T Thin T-Mold<br />
P Edgeband<br />
Select Laminate Select Edge<br />
Color<br />
30"<br />
441 ⁄2"<br />
203 ⁄8"<br />
Select Grommet<br />
Color<br />
See page 6 See page 6 See page 6 C<br />
48"<br />
29<br />
53"<br />
3 ⁄4"R<br />
Select<br />
Cantilever<br />
Option<br />
X<br />
Ship with<br />
Cantilever<br />
(default option)<br />
Omit Cantilever<br />
(deduct $25 from<br />
list price)<br />
491 ⁄2"<br />
251 ⁄2"<br />
H B W C T 3 6 2 4 T . K 7 . K . T 1 . C . T 1<br />
Icon Legend on page 4<br />
Select<br />
Cantilever Paint<br />
Color<br />
See page 6<br />
70 Abound Pricer 1/<strong>2011</strong>
➤ Worksurfaces are constructed<br />
of high-pressure laminate on<br />
1 1 ⁄ 8 solid core highperformance<br />
particleboard.<br />
➤ T-Mold or Edgeband edges.<br />
T-Mold Edge<br />
Edgeband<br />
W=panel width<br />
D=worksurface depth<br />
24"<br />
36"<br />
353 ⁄4"R<br />
38<br />
3 ⁄4"<br />
203 39"<br />
⁄4"<br />
➤ Use omit cantilever option if<br />
cantilever is not needed. Deduct $25<br />
from the list price.<br />
➤ If omit cantilever option is selected,<br />
120 degree corner worksurfaces will<br />
still ship with worksurface bracket.<br />
➤ Cantilever brackets allow for any<br />
worksurface height. Brackets are<br />
included with each worksurface for<br />
mounting on panels.<br />
Description Model<br />
➤ Refer to Worksurface Supports, pages<br />
79-80.<br />
➤ Keyboard models H850500 and<br />
HHKB800 are recommended for use<br />
on curved user edge worksurfaces.<br />
Ship<br />
Weight Cube<br />
Not designed to use keyboard<br />
and pedestal under 120 degree<br />
corner worksurface.<br />
If used at an end of run, a full end<br />
panel needs to be ordered — see<br />
page 79.<br />
List Price by Edge<br />
“T” “P”<br />
120 Degree Corner Worksurfaces with Curved User Edge<br />
36W x24D HBWCT3624S(?) 75 7.5 $ 556 $ 658<br />
42W x24D HBWCT4224S(?) 96 8.9 $ 612 $ 703<br />
48W x24D HBWCT4824S(?) 107 11.1 $ 637 $ 791<br />
42W x30D HBWCT4230S(?) 102 8.9 $ 637 $ 918<br />
48W x30D HBWCT4830S(?) 112 11.1 $ 660 $ 975<br />
• Two cantilever brackets standard per worksurface. If adjacent worksurface is at a different height, order appropriate “Z” bracket — see page 80.<br />
• HBWCT3624S(?) will not accept the H4022, HE4022, H4028, or H4029 keyboard platforms.<br />
• One small worksurface bracket standard with each worksurface.<br />
Corner worksurfaces must match exactly the panel behind them, i.e.: a 36 panel must be used on the back two sides of model<br />
HBWCT3624S(?).<br />
24"<br />
42"<br />
485 35<br />
⁄8"<br />
3 ⁄4"R<br />
20 3 ⁄8"<br />
41 1 ⁄2"<br />
30"<br />
42"<br />
421 29<br />
⁄2"<br />
3 ⁄4"R<br />
461 ⁄2"<br />
251 ⁄2"<br />
HBWCT3624S(?) HBWCT4230S(?) HBWCT4830S(?)<br />
24"<br />
48"<br />
561 ⁄2"R<br />
1 59 ⁄2"<br />
HBWCT4224S(?) HBWCT4824S(?)<br />
How to specify 1st Option 2nd Option 3rd Option 4th Option<br />
Select Model Number<br />
from above<br />
Select Edge Profile<br />
T Thin T-Mold<br />
P Edgeband<br />
GSA SIN 711-1 Systems Scalloped Worksurfaces — 120 Degree Corner<br />
30"<br />
44"<br />
203 ⁄4"<br />
48 1 ⁄4"<br />
201 ⁄2"R<br />
53<br />
Select Laminate Select Edge Color Select Cantilever<br />
Option<br />
See page 6 See page 6 C Ship with Cantilever<br />
(default option)<br />
X Omit Cantilever<br />
(deduct $25 from list<br />
price)<br />
H B W C T 3 6 2 4 S P . K 7 . K . C . T 1<br />
Icon Legend on page 4<br />
1 ⁄2"<br />
50"<br />
26"<br />
Select Cantilever<br />
Paint Color<br />
See page 6<br />
1/<strong>2011</strong> Abound Pricer 71
➤ Worksurfaces are constructed<br />
of laminate on 11 ➤ T-Mold or Edgeband options.<br />
⁄ 8 solid core<br />
high-performance particleboard.<br />
T-Mold Edge<br />
Edgeband<br />
W=panel width<br />
D=worksurface depth<br />
39"<br />
Systems Worksurfaces — Split Top GSA SIN 711-1<br />
24"R<br />
51"<br />
11"R<br />
33"<br />
12"<br />
36"<br />
24"<br />
11"<br />
Description Model<br />
Ship<br />
Weight Cube<br />
List Price by Edge<br />
“T” “P”<br />
Split Top Corner Worksurfaces with Curved User Edge<br />
36W x24D HWSC3624(?) 53 s 3.7 $ 593 $ 612<br />
42W x24D HWSC4224(?) 65 s 4.9 $ 651 $ 664<br />
48W x24D HWSC4824(?) 76 4.9 $ 750 $ 756<br />
42W x30D HWSC4230(?) 72 6.3 $ 722 $ 730<br />
48W x30D HWSC4830(?) 77 6.3 $ 812 $ 813<br />
• Two cantilever brackets standard per worksurface.<br />
• One small worksurface bracket standard with each worksurface.<br />
NOTES: Add suffix “N” to Model Number for worksurfaces with no grommets. No upcharge. Specifying Example for omit grommet options:<br />
HWCS3624TN.K7.K.C.T1.<br />
Corner worksurfaces must match exactly the panel behind them, i.e.: a 36 panel must be used on the back two sides of model<br />
HWSC3624(?).<br />
Requires adjustable height mechanism. Must order separately, see below.<br />
59"<br />
68"<br />
59"<br />
68"<br />
42"<br />
48"<br />
42"<br />
48"<br />
41" 30"R<br />
47" 50"<br />
44"<br />
24"R<br />
36"R<br />
30"R<br />
17"R<br />
42"<br />
12"<br />
24"<br />
11"<br />
11"R<br />
33"<br />
HWSC3624(?) HWSC4224(?) HWSC4230(?) HWSC4824(?) HWSC4830(?)<br />
➤ Stable, durable design.<br />
➤ Supports large widths and can<br />
➤ Slim arms for better knee clearance.<br />
➤ Height adjustable within 19 range<br />
be customized for workstations. (12.5 above and 6.5 below<br />
worksurface).<br />
12"<br />
17"<br />
30"<br />
➤ 30 platform tilt feature (15 positive<br />
and 15 negative tilt).<br />
Description Model<br />
23"R<br />
50"<br />
12"<br />
24"<br />
11"<br />
17"R<br />
42"<br />
12"<br />
17"<br />
30"<br />
Ship<br />
Weight Cube List<br />
Adjustable Height Mechanism<br />
• Corner worksurface and adjustable height mechanism are ordered and shipped separately. HHKHSM100 40 s 2.4 $ 486<br />
How to specify 1st Option 2nd Option 3rd Option 4th Option 5th Option<br />
Select Model Number<br />
from above<br />
Select Edge Profile<br />
T Thin T-Mold<br />
P Edgeband<br />
Select Laminate Select Edge<br />
Color<br />
Select Grommet<br />
Color<br />
Select Cantilever<br />
Option<br />
See page 6 See page 6 See page 6 C Ship with<br />
Cantilever<br />
(default option)<br />
H W C S 3 6 2 4 T . K 7 . K . T 1 . C . T 1<br />
s Icon Legend on page 4<br />
Select Cantilever<br />
Paint Color<br />
See page 6<br />
72 Abound Pricer 1/<strong>2011</strong>
Notes<br />
1/<strong>2011</strong> Abound Pricer 73
Systems Worksurfaces — Corner Cove GSA SIN 711-1<br />
➤ Use omit cantilever option if<br />
cantilever is not needed.<br />
Deduct $25 from the list price.<br />
➤ If omit cantilever option is<br />
selected, corner cove<br />
worksurfaces will still ship with<br />
rear and center support<br />
brackets (if 72W surface).<br />
T-Mold Edge<br />
Edgeband<br />
T-Mold Edge<br />
Edgeband<br />
➤ Worksurfaces are constructed of<br />
laminate on 1 1 ⁄ 8 solid core highperformance<br />
particleboard.<br />
➤ Includes a rear-support bracket in<br />
Charcoal only.<br />
➤ Cantilever brackets are included with<br />
each worksurface for mounting to<br />
panels. Specify paint.<br />
➤ Center support bracket included with<br />
72W worksurfaces.<br />
➤ Refer to Worksurface Supports, pages<br />
79-80.<br />
➤ Keyboard models H850500 or<br />
HHKB800 are recommended for use<br />
on corner cove worksurfaces.<br />
Description Model<br />
Panel-hung application requires<br />
two panels of corresponding<br />
width joined at 90.<br />
When a run of worksurfaces<br />
equals or exceeds 8 feet, an end<br />
panel support is required for<br />
worksurface structural<br />
assurance.<br />
Ship<br />
Weight Cube<br />
72W worksurfaces require one<br />
or more of the following:<br />
worksurface support brackets,<br />
end panel, universal support leg<br />
or pedestal support in<br />
conjunction with cantilever<br />
brackets.<br />
List Price by Edge<br />
“T” “P”<br />
Corner Cove Worksurfaces, Left Hand<br />
60A x36B x24C x24D HWV73AAL(?) 67 5.9 $ 505 $ 569<br />
60A x36B x30C x24D HWV73BAL(?) 76 5.9 $ 525 $ 587<br />
60A x48B x24C x24D HWV75AAL(?) 85 7.7 $ 578 $ 621<br />
60A x48B x24C x30D HWV75ABL(?) 94 7.7 $ 599 $ 643<br />
60A x48B x30C x24D HWV75BAL(?) 92 7.7 $ 599 $ 643<br />
60A x48B x30C x30D HWV75BBL(?) 99 7.7 $ 619 $ 665<br />
72A x36B x24C x24D HWV93AAL(?) 75 7.0 $ 578 $ 621<br />
72A x36B x30C x24D HWV93BAL(?) 83 7.0 $ 599 $ 643<br />
72A x48B x24C x24D HWV95AAL(?) 96 9.2 $ 716 $ 770<br />
72A x48B x24C x30D HWV95ABL(?) 107 9.2 $ 738 $ 791<br />
72A x48B x30C x24D HWV95BAL(?) 102 9.2 $ 738 $ 791<br />
72A x48B x30C x30D HWV95BBL(?) 112 9.2 $ 759 $ 816<br />
Corner Cove Worksurfaces, Right Hand<br />
60A x36B x24C x24D HWV73AAR(?) 67 5.9 $ 505 $ 569<br />
60A x36B x30C x24D<br />
A<br />
HWV73BAR(?) 76 5.9 $ 525 $ 587<br />
60A x48B x24C x24D<br />
60A x48B x24C x30D<br />
D<br />
Left-Hand<br />
B<br />
HWV75AAR(?)<br />
HWV75ABR(?)<br />
85<br />
94<br />
7.7<br />
7.7<br />
$ 578<br />
$ 599<br />
$ 621<br />
$ 643<br />
60A x48B x30C x24D HWV75BAR(?) 92 7.7 $ 599 $ 643<br />
60A x48B x30C x30D<br />
C<br />
HWV75BBR(?) 99 7.7 $ 619 $ 665<br />
72A x36B x24C x24D A<br />
HWV93AAR(?) 75 7.0 $ 578 $ 621<br />
72A x36B x30C x24D HWV93BAR(?) 83 7.0 $ 599 $ 643<br />
72A x48B x24C x24D B<br />
Right-Hand<br />
D<br />
HWV95AAR(?) 96 9.2 $ 716 $ 770<br />
72A x48B x24C x30D HWV95ABR(?) 107 9.2 $ 738 $ 791<br />
72A x48B x30C x24D HWV95BAR(?) 102 9.2 $ 738 $ 791<br />
72A x48B x30C x30D C<br />
HWV95BBR(?) 112 9.2 $ 759 $ 816<br />
NOTES: Add suffix “N” to Model Number for worksurfaces with no grommets. No upcharge. Specifying Example for omit grommet options:<br />
HWV73AALTN.K7.K.C.T1.<br />
How to specify 1st Option 2nd Option 3rd Option 4th Option 5th Option<br />
Select Model Number<br />
from above<br />
Select Edge Profile<br />
T Thin T-Mold<br />
P Edgeband<br />
Select Laminate Select Edge<br />
Color<br />
Select Grommet<br />
Color<br />
See page 6 See page 6 See page 6 C<br />
Select Cantilever<br />
Option<br />
X<br />
Ship with<br />
Cantilever<br />
(default option)<br />
Omit Cantilever<br />
(deduct $25 from<br />
list price)<br />
H W V 7 3 A A L T . K 7 . K . T 1 . C . T 1<br />
Icon Legend on page 4<br />
Select Cantilever<br />
Paint Color<br />
See page 6<br />
74 Abound Pricer 1/<strong>2011</strong>
➤ Use omit cantilever option if<br />
cantilever is not needed.<br />
Deduct $25 from the list price.<br />
➤ If omit cantilever option is<br />
selected, corner cove<br />
worksurfaces will still ship with<br />
rear and center support<br />
brackets (if 72W surface).<br />
T-Mold Edge<br />
1.0"<br />
Edgeband<br />
6.9"<br />
Wire Management<br />
Scallop Detail<br />
T-Mold Edge<br />
Edgeband<br />
➤ Worksurfaces are constructed of<br />
laminate on 1 1 ⁄ 8 solid core highperformance<br />
particleboard.<br />
➤ Includes a rear-support bracket in<br />
Charcoal only.<br />
➤ Cantilever brackets are included with<br />
each worksurface for mounting to<br />
panels. Specify paint.<br />
➤ Center support bracket included with<br />
72W worksurfaces.<br />
➤ Refer to Worksurface Supports, pages<br />
79-80.<br />
➤ Keyboard models H850500 or<br />
HHKB800 are recommended for use<br />
on corner cove worksurfaces.<br />
Description Model<br />
Panel-hung application requires<br />
two panels of corresponding<br />
width joined at 90.<br />
When a run of worksurfaces<br />
equals or exceeds 8 feet, an end<br />
panel support is required for<br />
worksurface structural<br />
assurance.<br />
Ship<br />
Weight Cube<br />
72W worksurfaces require one<br />
or more of the following:<br />
worksurface support brackets,<br />
end panel, universal support leg<br />
or pedestal support in<br />
conjunction with cantilever<br />
brackets.<br />
List Price by Edge<br />
“T” “P”<br />
Scalloped Corner Cove Worksurfaces, Left Hand<br />
60A x36B x24C x24D HWV73AALS(?) 67 5.9 $ 476 $ 536<br />
60A x36B x30C x24D HWV73BALS(?) 73 5.9 $ 495 $ 554<br />
60A x48B x24C x24D HWV75AALS(?) 85 7.7 $ 545 $ 586<br />
60A x48B x24C x30D HWV75ABLS(?) 94 7.7 $ 564 $ 606<br />
60A x48B x30C x24D HWV75BALS(?) 92 7.7 $ 564 $ 606<br />
60A x48B x30C x30D HWV75BBLS(?) 99 7.7 $ 580 $ 622<br />
72A x36B x24C x24D HWV93AALS(?) 75 7.0 $ 545 $ 586<br />
72A x36B x30C x24D HWV93BALS(?) 83 7.0 $ 564 $ 606<br />
72A x48B x24C x24D HWV95AALS(?) 96 9.2 $ 675 $ 726<br />
72A x48B x24C x30D HWV95ABLS(?) 107 9.2 $ 695 $ 746<br />
72A x48B x30C x24D HWV95BALS(?) 102 9.2 $ 695 $ 746<br />
72A x48B x30C x30D HWV95BBLS(?) 112 9.2 $ 710 $ 763<br />
Scalloped Corner Cove Worksurfaces, Right Hand<br />
60A x36B x24C x24D HWV73AARS(?) 67 5.9 $ 476 $ 536<br />
60A x36B x30C x24D Left-Hand<br />
D<br />
HWV73BARS(?) 73 5.9 $ 495 $ 554<br />
60A x48B x24C x24D<br />
B<br />
HWV75AARS(?) 85 7.7 $ 545 $ 586<br />
60A x48B x24C x30D HWV75ABRS(?) 94 7.7 $ 564 $ 606<br />
60A x48B x30C x24D<br />
60A x48B x30C x30D<br />
A<br />
C<br />
HWV75BARS(?)<br />
HWV75BBRS(?)<br />
92<br />
99<br />
7.7<br />
7.7<br />
$ 564<br />
$ 580<br />
$ 606<br />
$ 622<br />
72A x36B x24C x24D D Right-Hand<br />
HWV93AARS(?) 75 7.0 $ 545 $ 586<br />
72A x36B x30C x24D B<br />
HWV93BARS(?) 83 7.0 $ 564 $ 606<br />
72A x48B x24C x24D<br />
72A x48B x24C x30D<br />
72A x48B x30C x24D<br />
C<br />
A<br />
HWV95AARS(?)<br />
HWV95ABRS(?)<br />
HWV95BARS(?)<br />
96<br />
107<br />
102<br />
9.2<br />
9.2<br />
9.2<br />
$ 675<br />
$ 695<br />
$ 695<br />
$ 726<br />
$ 746<br />
$ 746<br />
72A x48B x30C x30D HWV95BBRS(?) 112 9.2 $ 710 $ 763<br />
How to specify 1st Option 2nd Option 3rd Option 4th Option<br />
Select Model Number<br />
from above<br />
Select Edge Profile<br />
T Thin T-Mold<br />
P Edgeband<br />
GSA SIN 711-1 Systems Scalloped Worksurfaces — Corner Cove<br />
Select Laminate Select Edge Color Select Cantilever<br />
Option<br />
See page 6 See page 6 C Ship with Cantilever<br />
(default option)<br />
X Omit Cantilever<br />
(deduct $25 from list<br />
price)<br />
H W V 7 3 A A L S T . K 7 . K . C . T 1<br />
Icon Legend on page 4<br />
Select Cantilever<br />
Paint Color<br />
See page 6<br />
1/<strong>2011</strong> Abound Pricer 75
Systems Worksurfaces — Jetty / Peninsula GSA SIN 711-1<br />
➤ Use omit cantilever option if<br />
cantilever is not needed.<br />
Deduct $25 from the list price.<br />
➤ T-mold or Edgeband edges.<br />
T-Mold Edge<br />
Edgeband<br />
T-Mold Edge<br />
Edgeband<br />
➤ Worksurfaces are constructed of<br />
laminate on 1 1 ⁄ 8 solid core highperformance<br />
particleboard.<br />
➤ Includes one cantilever bracket.<br />
Specify paint.<br />
➤ Order support column separately —<br />
see page 79.<br />
➤ T-Mold or Edgeband edges.<br />
Description Model<br />
➤ Refer to Worksurface Supports, pages<br />
79-80.<br />
Omit cantilever option does not<br />
apply to peninsula models.<br />
Ship<br />
Weight Cube<br />
Can also be attached<br />
perpendicular to a primary<br />
worksurface using Flat or “Z”<br />
Brackets. Do not attach to a<br />
worksurface supported with<br />
Cantilever Brackets.<br />
Not to be used freestanding.<br />
List Price by Edge<br />
“T” “P”<br />
Jetty Worksurfaces, Left Hand<br />
48A x66B x24C x30D HWJ58ABL(?) 84 9.2 $ 532 $ 774<br />
48A x66B x30C x30D HWJ58BBL(?) 91 9.2 $ 543 $ 775<br />
48A x72B x24C x30D HWJ59ABL(?) 88 9.2 $ 557 $ 778<br />
48A x72B x30C x30D HWJ59BBL(?) 94 9.2 $ 565 $ 776<br />
NOTES: Add suffix “N” to Model Number for worksurfaces with no grommets. No upcharge. Specifying Example for omit grommet options:<br />
HWJ58ABLTN.K7.K.C.T1.<br />
Requires support column — see page 79. Order support column separately.<br />
Jetty Worksurfaces, Right Hand<br />
48A x66B x24C x30D HWJ58ABR(?) 84 9.2 $ 532 $ 774<br />
48A x66B x30C x30D HWJ58BBR(?) 91 9.2 $ 543 $ 775<br />
48A x72B x24C x30D HWJ59ABR(?) 88 9.2 $ 557 $ 778<br />
48A x72B x30C x30D HWJ59BBR(?) 94 9.2 $ 565 $ 776<br />
NOTES: Add suffix “N” to Model Number for worksurfaces with no grommets. No upcharge. Specifying Example for omit grommet options:<br />
HWJ58ABRTN.K7.K.C.T1.<br />
Requires support column — see page 79. Order support column separately.<br />
A<br />
C<br />
B<br />
D<br />
Peninsula Worksurfaces T-Mold and Edgeband Options<br />
24W x60L HWP2460(?) 65 4.9 $ 286 $ 350<br />
24W x66L HWP2466(?) 72 4.6 $ 351 $ 428<br />
24W x72L HWP2472(?) 95 5.5 $ 395 $ 482<br />
30W x60L HWP3060(?) 68 5.0 $ 395 $ 563<br />
30W x66L HWP3066(?) 75 6.0 $ 480 $ 619<br />
30W x72L HWP3072(?) 98 6.0 $ 559 $ 681<br />
NOTES: Add suffix “N” to Model Number for worksurfaces with no grommets. No upcharge. Specifying Example for omit grommet options:<br />
HWP2460TN.K7.K.C.T1.<br />
Omit cantilever option does not apply to peninsula models. Peninsula worksurface width must correspond to the width of its support<br />
panel. Requires support column — see page 79. Order support column separately.<br />
How to specify 1st Option 2nd Option 3rd Option 4th Option 5th Option<br />
Select Model Number<br />
from above<br />
Select Edge Profile<br />
T Thin T-Mold<br />
P Edgeband<br />
Select Laminate Select Edge<br />
Color<br />
Select Grommet<br />
Color<br />
See page 6 See page 6 See page 6 C<br />
Select Cantilever<br />
Option<br />
X<br />
Ship with<br />
Cantilever<br />
(default option)<br />
Omit Cantilever<br />
(deduct $25 from<br />
list price)<br />
H W J 5 8 A B L T . K 7 . K . T 1 . C . T 1<br />
Icon Legend on page 4<br />
Select Cantilever<br />
Paint Color<br />
See page 6<br />
76 Abound Pricer 1/<strong>2011</strong>
➤ Use omit cantilever option if<br />
cantilever is not needed.<br />
Deduct $25 from the list price.<br />
T-Mold Edge<br />
Edgeband<br />
T-Mold Edge<br />
Edgeband<br />
1.0"<br />
6.9"<br />
Wire Management<br />
Scallop Detail<br />
➤ Worksurfaces are constructed of<br />
laminate on 1 1 ⁄ 8 solid core highperformance<br />
particleboard.<br />
➤ See page 79 for support column.<br />
Can also be attached<br />
perpendicular to a primary<br />
worksurface using Flat or “Z”<br />
Brackets. Do not attach to a<br />
worksurface supported with<br />
Cantilever Brackets.<br />
Description Model<br />
Not to be used freestanding.<br />
Peninsula worksurface width<br />
must correspond to the width of<br />
its support panel.<br />
Ship<br />
Weight Cube<br />
Omit cantilever option does not<br />
apply to peninsula models.<br />
Worksurfaces not designed to be<br />
used on Simplicity II.<br />
List Price by Edge<br />
“T” “P”<br />
Scalloped Jetty Worksurfaces, Left Hand<br />
48A x66B x24C x30D HWJ58ABLS(?) 84 8.8 $ 502 $ 729<br />
48A x66B x30C x30D HWJ58BBLS(?) 91 8.5 $ 509 $ 725<br />
48A x72B x24C x30D HWJ59ABLS(?) 88 8.8 $ 525 $ 733<br />
48A x72B x30C x30D<br />
Requires support column — see page 79. Order support column separately.<br />
HWJ59BBLS(?) 94 8.8 $ 528 $ 726<br />
Scalloped Jetty Worksurfaces, Right Hand<br />
48A x66B x24C x30D HWJ58ABRS(?) 84 9.2 $ 502 $ 729<br />
48A x66B x30C x30D HWJ58BBRS(?) 91 9.2 $ 509 $ 725<br />
48A x72B x24C x30D HWJ59ABRS(?) 88 9.2 $ 525 $ 733<br />
48A x72B x30C x30D<br />
Requires support column — see page 79. Order support column separately.<br />
HWJ59BBRS(?) 94 9.2 $ 528 $ 726<br />
D<br />
A<br />
C<br />
B<br />
Scalloped Peninsula Worksurfaces<br />
24W x60L HWP2460S(?) 65 5.0 $ 271 $ 330<br />
24W x66L HWP2466S(?) 72 6.0 $ 331 $ 403<br />
24W x72L HWP2472S(?) 95 6.0 $ 373 $ 454<br />
30W x60L HWP3060S(?) 68 4.9 $ 373 $ 531<br />
30W x66L HWP3066S(?) 75 5.7 $ 453 $ 584<br />
30W x72L<br />
Requires support column — see page 79. Order support column separately.<br />
HWP3072S(?) 98 5.7 $ 526 $ 642<br />
How to specify 1st Option 2nd Option 3rd Option 4th Option<br />
Select Model Number<br />
from above<br />
Select Edge Profile<br />
T Thin T-Mold<br />
P Edgeband<br />
GSA SIN 711-1 Systems Scalloped Worksurfaces — Jetty / Peninsula<br />
B<br />
Select Laminate Select Edge Color Select Cantilever<br />
Option<br />
See page 6 See page 6 C Ship with Cantilever<br />
(default option)<br />
X Omit Cantilever<br />
(deduct $25 from list<br />
price)<br />
H W J 5 8 A B L S T . K 7 . K . C . T 1<br />
Icon Legend on page 4<br />
C<br />
D<br />
A<br />
Select Cantilever<br />
Paint Color<br />
See page 6<br />
1/<strong>2011</strong> Abound Pricer 77
Systems Worksurfaces — Half Round / Quarter Round / 60 Wedge GSA<br />
SIN 711-1<br />
➤ Worksurfaces are constructed<br />
of laminate on 1 1 ⁄ 8 solid core<br />
high-performance particleboard.<br />
Requires Support Column —<br />
see below.<br />
Half Round Worksurfaces<br />
➤ Order Support Column and End<br />
Panels separately.<br />
➤ Mate only with other T-Mold and<br />
Edgeband worksurfaces.<br />
Not designed to be converted into<br />
Initiate Desking.<br />
Quarter Round Worksurfaces<br />
➤ Two Flat Brackets and one Tie<br />
Bracket included.<br />
➤ Mate only with other T-Mold and<br />
Edgeband worksurfaces.<br />
Not designed to be converted into<br />
Initiate Freestanding Desking.<br />
Description Model<br />
60 Wedge Worksurfaces<br />
➤ Two flat brackets and one tie bracket<br />
included.<br />
➤ Mate only with other T-Mold and<br />
Edgeband worksurfaces.<br />
Not designed to be converted into<br />
Initiate Freestanding Desking.<br />
Ship<br />
Weight Cube<br />
➤ Refer to Worksurface Supports, pages<br />
79-80.<br />
Models are specific to Abound<br />
and not designed to be used with<br />
the Initiate panel system.<br />
List Price by Edge<br />
“T” “P”<br />
Half-Round Worksurfaces T-Mold and Edgeband Options<br />
30D x50L Connects to two 24D Worksurfaces HBWD2450(?) 52 5.0 $ 268 $ 555<br />
36D x62L Connects to two 30D Worksurfaces<br />
NOTES: Order one Support Column and two Universal<br />
HBWD3062(?) 58 6.1 $ 333 $ 648<br />
Support Legs or Full End Panel — see page 79. 30-36"D<br />
2"<br />
24"-30"D 24"-30"D<br />
50"-62"L<br />
Quarter-Round Worksurfaces T-Mold and Edgeband Options<br />
24W x24W Connects to two 24D Worksurfaces HBWQ2424(?) 18 2.6 $ 290 $ 318<br />
30W x30W Connects to two 30D Worksurfaces HBWQ3030(?) 25 3.7 $ 299 $ 399<br />
24"<br />
3"<br />
24"<br />
26"R<br />
30"<br />
HBWQ2424(?) HBWQ3030(?)<br />
60 Wedge Worksurfaces T-Mold and Edgeband Edges for use with 120 degree Universal Connector<br />
24W x24W HBWQT2424(?) 18 2.6 $ 273 $ 352<br />
30W x30W HBWQT3030(?) 25 3.7 $ 285 $ 410<br />
3 1 ⁄4"<br />
60°<br />
23 1 ⁄4"<br />
24"R<br />
HBWQT2424(?) HBWQT3030(?)<br />
How to specify 1st Option 2nd Option<br />
Select Model Number<br />
from above<br />
Select Laminate Select Edge Color<br />
Select Edge Profile<br />
T Thin T-Mold<br />
P Edgeband<br />
See page 6 See page 6<br />
H B W D 2 4 5 0 T . K 7 . K .<br />
Icon Legend on page 4<br />
78 Abound Pricer 1/<strong>2011</strong><br />
3 1 ⁄4"<br />
3"<br />
60°<br />
29 1 ⁄2"<br />
30"<br />
30"R<br />
32"R
Full End Panel<br />
➤ Designed for non-handed<br />
application.<br />
➤ Levelers provide 1 1 ⁄ 2 vertical<br />
adjustment.<br />
To support a panel-hung<br />
worksurface, provided<br />
bracket must be used for<br />
attachment to an Initiate<br />
Panel.<br />
Specify paint<br />
Non-handed unit<br />
Specify paint<br />
Non-handed unit<br />
Specify paint<br />
Support Leg<br />
➤ Use at 90 panel junctions or in a<br />
shared position to support adjoining<br />
worksurfaces.<br />
➤ A support leg can be used with a “Z”<br />
Bracket to support adjoining<br />
worksurfaces at different heights.<br />
➤ Provided with flat bracket.<br />
➤ Levelers provide 1 1 ⁄ 2 vertical<br />
adjustment.<br />
Support Column<br />
➤ Used to support one end of a<br />
peninsula, round or half-round<br />
worksurface. (Includes panel support<br />
brackets.)<br />
➤ Levelers provide 1 1 ⁄ 2 vertical<br />
adjustment.<br />
Description Model<br />
Open Leg<br />
➤ Open leg includes attaching hardware<br />
and leveling glides.<br />
➤ Leveling glides provide 2 1 ⁄ 4 of<br />
adjustment.<br />
➤ Open leg is universal shared with a<br />
left and right-hand attachment<br />
bracket.<br />
Ship<br />
Weight Cube<br />
List by Paint Grade<br />
Choice/<br />
Core Metallics<br />
Full End Panel*<br />
291 ⁄ 2H x11D — Right – Panel-Mount HRVEP1129R 16 s 1.4 $ 148 $ 175<br />
291 ⁄ 2H x11D — Left – Panel-Mount HRVEP1129L 16 s 1.4 $ 148 $ 175<br />
291 ⁄ 2H x24D — Right – Panel-Mount HRVEP2429R 21 s 1.4 $ 158 $ 185<br />
291 ⁄ 2H x24D — Left – Panel-Mount HRVEP2429L 21 1.4 $ 158 $ 185<br />
291 ⁄ 2H x30D — Right – Panel-Mount HRVEP3029R 23 1.4 $ 173 $ 200<br />
291 ⁄ 2H x30D — Left – Panel-Mount HRVEP3029L 23 1.4 $ 173 $ 200<br />
NOTES: The use of an end panel at the end of a worksurface will increase the rigidity of the workstation. If the panel is a greater dimension than the<br />
worksurface, an end panel is required if the run of the worksurfaces is 8 feet or greater.<br />
*Must be connected into panel slots. When an installation of worksurfaces is 8 feet or greater, a full end panel or universal support leg<br />
must be used at 90 degree panel junctions or in a shared position to support adjoining worksurfaces.<br />
Universal Support Leg*<br />
291 ⁄ 2H to support 24D HRVCLG24 16 s 1.4 $ 139 $ 166<br />
291 ⁄ 2H to support 30D HRVCLG30 17 s 1.4 $ 153 $ 180<br />
*Must be connected into panel slots. When an installation of worksurfaces is 8 feet or greater, a full end panel or universal support leg<br />
must be used at 90 degree panel junctions or in a shared position to support adjoining worksurfaces.<br />
Support Column*<br />
For 291 ⁄ 2 Height. 3 diameter.<br />
*Brackets must be connected into panel slots.<br />
HCNLEG29 13 s 1.1 $ 154 $ 179<br />
Open Leg Models*<br />
291 ⁄ 2H x18D HOLEG18 7 s 0.6 $ 140 $ 167<br />
291 ⁄ 2H x24D HOLEG24 11 s 1.2 $ 148 $ 175<br />
291 ⁄ 2H x30D<br />
*Must be connected into frame slots. Specify paint.<br />
HOLEG30 15 s 1.8 $ 160 $ 187<br />
Post Leg Base<br />
• Single Post Leg with Hardware Pack HMBPOST1 18 2.3 $ 210 $ 220<br />
• Requires hardware bracket model HWSA2. Please see page 80 for HWSA2 bracket<br />
ordering information.<br />
How to specify 1st Option<br />
Select Model Number Select Paint Color<br />
from above<br />
See page 6<br />
H R V C L G 2 4 . T 1<br />
s Icon Legend on page 4<br />
GSA SIN 711-1 Systems Worksurface Supports<br />
1/<strong>2011</strong> Abound Pricer 79
Systems Worksurface Supports GSA SIN 711-1<br />
Flat and “Z” Brackets<br />
➤ Flat and “Z” Brackets can be<br />
used to connect one<br />
worksurface perpendicular to<br />
another worksurface.<br />
Worksurface Bracket Kit<br />
➤ Used to connect the end of a<br />
worksurface to a panel of the<br />
same width.<br />
Specify paint<br />
Specify paint<br />
Specify paint<br />
Permanent-Wall Hanger Kit<br />
➤ Used to hang storage cabinets and<br />
bookshelves from permanent wall,<br />
and/or to attach worksurfaces to<br />
permanent wall.<br />
➤ Wall track has 1 ⁄ 8 x 1 ⁄ 2 slots on<br />
1 centers.<br />
➤ Customer to furnish connecting<br />
hardware. (Refer to Initiate<br />
Installation Instructions for<br />
appropriate hardware.)<br />
➤ Includes a cover for top of channel.<br />
Worksurfaces should not be<br />
supported with Cantilever<br />
brackets when using Permanent-<br />
Wall Hanger Kit.<br />
Description Model<br />
Accessory Cantilever<br />
Use with reasonable judgment —<br />
avoid long cantilevered runs and<br />
installation on only one side of a<br />
straight connection. DO NOT<br />
position at the end of a panel run.<br />
Ship<br />
Weight Cube<br />
DO NOT use to support<br />
worksurfaces from which a<br />
hanging pedestal is suspended,<br />
or to which a peninsula<br />
worksurface is attached.<br />
Core<br />
List by Paint Grade<br />
Choice/<br />
Metallics Custom<br />
Accessory Cantilever*<br />
18D HCTL182 4 s 0.3 $ 39 $ 48<br />
24D<br />
NOTES: One pair standard with all worksurfaces.<br />
*Must be connected into panel slots.<br />
HCTL242 5 s 0.3 $ 58 $ 66<br />
Flat Bracket<br />
18D HHN831118 3 s 0.2 $ 38 N/A<br />
24D HHN831124 3 s 0.3 $ 39 N/A<br />
30D<br />
Charcoal only.<br />
HHN831130 3 s 0.4 $ 39 N/A<br />
“Z” Brackets for Worksurfaces<br />
20/24 “Z” bracket (11 ⁄ 2 offset) HZB2401 1 s 0.4 $ 46 N/A<br />
20/24 “Z” bracket (3 offset) HZB2403 1 s 0.4 $ 46 N/A<br />
NOTES: Used when perpendicular worksurface is at a different height. Painted black.<br />
Worksurface Bracket Kit*<br />
One Pair HWSB2 1 s 0.1 $ 30 $ 31<br />
NOTES: To be used when the depth side of a worksurface is against a panel (return/wing panel) of the same dimension. This will increase the sturdiness<br />
of the workstation.<br />
*Must be connected into panel slots.<br />
Anti-Dislodgement Bracket Kit<br />
NOTES: To be used with model MBPOST1 support leg.<br />
HWSA2 1 0.1 $ 28 $ 38<br />
Permanent-Wall Hanger Kit<br />
Wall Hanger Kit (2 pieces)<br />
1 7 ⁄ 8W x1D x66H<br />
HRVC35PCE 6 s 0.7 $ 162 $ 180<br />
Wall Hanger Kit<br />
33 ⁄ 4W x2D x66H<br />
HRVC35PCM 3 s 0.7 $ 84 $ 92<br />
NOTES: Anchor devices are not supplied with these models. Refer to Abound Installation instructions for appropriate hardware.<br />
Attachment to masonry walls is not recommended.<br />
Pedestal to Panel Bracket Kit, Left HPD2PNBRK2L 3 0.3 $ 70 $ 75 $ 83<br />
Pedestal to Panel Bracket Kit, Right HPD2PNBRK2R 3 0.3 $ 70 $ 75 $ 83<br />
Bracket to attach 227 ⁄ 8D pedestals to 24D worksurface or 287 ⁄ 8D pedestals to 30D worksurface.<br />
Worksurface to Tower Bracket Kit<br />
Bracket to attach storage towers to panel hung worksurfaces. HSTB2W1 4 0.6 $ 49 $ 54 $ 59<br />
NOTES: Not designed to be used on desk tower. Replaces the need for a panel attached end panel. Standard with hardware to attach bracket to panel<br />
and worksurface.<br />
How to specify 1st Option<br />
Select Model Number Select Paint Color<br />
from above<br />
See page 6<br />
H C T L 2 4 2 . T 1<br />
s Icon Legend on page 4<br />
80 Abound Pricer 1/<strong>2011</strong>
➤ For raised countertops, order<br />
countertop support kits<br />
separately.<br />
➤ Countertops constructed with<br />
high-pressure laminate.<br />
➤ Countertops have vinyl<br />
Edgeband.<br />
➤ Specify laminate or Edgeband options<br />
color.<br />
GSA SIN 711-1 Systems Countertops — Straight and Corner<br />
Corner countertops require two<br />
panels of corresponding width<br />
joined in a 90 connection.<br />
Description Model<br />
Countertops not designed to be<br />
used in conjunction with a<br />
worksurface on 30H panels.<br />
Ship<br />
Weight Cube<br />
Models below are specific to<br />
Abound .<br />
List by Paint Grade<br />
Core Metallics<br />
Edgeband 15 Straight Raised Countertops<br />
24W x15D HBCSR1524P 19 s 1.4 $ 196 $ 211<br />
30W x15D HBCSR1530P 25 s 1.4 $ 218 $ 233<br />
36W x15D HBCSR1536P 27 s 1.6 $ 243 $ 258<br />
42W x15D HBCSR1542P 32 s 1.8 $ 252 $ 267<br />
48W x15D HBCSR1548P 38 s 2.1 $ 265 $ 280<br />
60W x15D HBCSR1560P 48 s 2.6 $ 336 $ 351<br />
66W x15D HBCSR1566P 53 s 2.7 $ 349 $ 364<br />
72W x15D HBCSR1572P 59 s 3.1 $ 362 $ 377<br />
Edgeband 15D Corner Raised Countertops<br />
24W x24D HBCSR2424P 44 s 1.4 $ 379 $ 394<br />
30W x30D HBCSR3030P 51 1.4 $ 442 $ 457<br />
36W x36D HBCSR3636P 58 1.6 $ 490 $ 505<br />
Raised Straight Countertop Kits<br />
24W HRVBR1524 5 1.0 $ 93 $ 108<br />
30W HRVBR1530 5 1.0 $ 98 $ 113<br />
36W HRVBR1536 6 2.0 $ 103 $ 118<br />
42W HRVBR1542 6 2.0 $ 108 $ 123<br />
48W HRVBR1548 7 2.0 $ 113 $ 128<br />
60W HRVBR1560 8 2.0 $ 134 $ 149<br />
66W HRVBR1566 8 3.0 $ 144 $ 159<br />
72W<br />
NOTES: Special frame trim pieces come standard with Raised Countertop Kits.<br />
HRVBR1572 9 3.0 $ 154 $ 169<br />
Raised Corner Countertop Kits<br />
24W HRVBR1524P 5 1.0 $ 118 $ 133<br />
30W HRVBR1530P 6 1.0 $ 123 $ 138<br />
36W<br />
NOTES: Special frame trim pieces come standard with Raised Countertop Kits.<br />
HRVBR1536P 6 2.0 $ 129 $ 144<br />
How to specify 1st Option 2nd Option 3rd Option<br />
Select Model Number<br />
from above<br />
Select Laminate Select Edge Color Select Paint Color<br />
Select Edge Profile<br />
P Edgeband<br />
See page 6 See page 6 See page 6<br />
H B C S R 1 5 2 4 P . K 7 . K . T 1<br />
s Icon Legend on page 4<br />
1/<strong>2011</strong> Abound Pricer 81
Systems Countertops — Straight and Corner GSA SIN 711-1<br />
➤ Countertop brackets and top<br />
cap standard.<br />
➤ One small flat bracket standard<br />
with each worksurface.<br />
➤ Countertops constructed with<br />
high-pressure laminate.<br />
T-Mold Edge<br />
Edgeband<br />
T-Mold Edge<br />
Edgeband<br />
➤ Countertops have T-Mold or<br />
Edgeband options.<br />
➤ Specify laminate and T-Mold or<br />
Edgeband options color.<br />
Corner countertops require two<br />
panels of corresponding width<br />
joined in a 90 connection.<br />
Description Model<br />
Abound countertops not<br />
designed to be used in<br />
conjunction with a worksurface<br />
on 30H panels.<br />
Ship<br />
Weight Cube<br />
Models below are specific to<br />
Abound .<br />
List Price by Edge<br />
“T” “P”<br />
Straight Countertops<br />
24W x15D HBCS1524(?) 14 s 1.2 $ 187 $ 239<br />
30W x15D HBCS1530(?) 17 s 1.4 $ 192 $ 258<br />
36W x15D HBCS1536(?) 20 s 1.7 $ 197 $ 284<br />
42W x15D HBCS1542(?) 22 s 1.9 $ 219 $ 291<br />
48W x15D HBCS1548(?) 25 s 2.2 $ 238 $ 301<br />
60W x15D HBCS1560(?) 31 s 2.7 $ 251 $ 372<br />
66W x15D HBCS1566(?) 34 s 3.0 $ 277 $ 385<br />
72W x15D HBCS1572(?) 37 s 3.2 $ 282 $ 395<br />
Corner Countertops<br />
24W x24D HBCC2424(?) 34 s 1.6 $ 403 $ 428<br />
30W x30D HBCC3030(?) 39 3.4 $ 435 $ 500<br />
36W x36D HBCC3636(?) 50 4.9 $ 466 $ 533<br />
How to specify 1st Option 2nd Option 3rd Option<br />
Select Model Number<br />
from above<br />
Select Laminate Select Edge Color Select Paint Color<br />
Select Edge Profile<br />
T Thin T-Mold<br />
P Edgeband<br />
See page 6 See page 6 See page 6<br />
H B C S 1 5 2 4 T . K 7 . K . T 1<br />
s Icon Legend on page 4<br />
82 Abound Pricer 1/<strong>2011</strong>
Corner Shelf<br />
Edgeband model shown<br />
T-Mold model shown<br />
➤ T-Mold or Edgeband options. ➤ Diagonal leading edge = 10 1 ⁄ 2<br />
➤ Diagonal depth = 22 1 ⁄ 2<br />
Description Model<br />
GSA SIN 711-1 Systems Shelves — Corner Shelves<br />
➤ Includes panel attachment brackets.<br />
Ship<br />
Weight Cube<br />
List Price by Edge<br />
“T” “P”<br />
Corner Shelves<br />
36 x36 x12D HCS3636(?) 33 3.6 $ 335 $ 360<br />
42 x42 x12D HCS4242(?) 33 3.6 $ 351 $ 377<br />
How to specify 1st Option 2nd Option 3rd Option<br />
Select Model Number<br />
from above<br />
Select Laminate Select Edge Color Select Paint Color<br />
Select Edge Profile<br />
T Thin T-Mold<br />
P Edgeband<br />
See page 6 See page 6 See page 6<br />
H C S 3 6 3 6 T . K 7 . K . T 1<br />
Description Model<br />
Ship<br />
Weight Cube Core<br />
USB Hub, 3 Grommet Mount<br />
• Fits in either 3 round grommet holes on the Teacher’s Station.<br />
• Field installed with Plug-and-play ease.<br />
• Specify: Black (P) or Matte Chrome (Z9) finish.<br />
Must be ordered with a configurable end product. If ordered separately, not on GSA Contract.<br />
HGRMTUSB 7.0 s 0.9 $ 89<br />
Power Hub, 3 Grommet Mount<br />
• Fits in 3 round grommet holes on the following product lines: SmartLink, Huddle,<br />
Vicinity, Attune, Arrive, Announce, Park Avenue Veneer, Initiate Worksurfaces,<br />
Abound Worksurfaces, Pennsylvania Avenue.<br />
• Two grounded AC power outlets.<br />
• Includes 6 cord with three-prong plug.<br />
• Field installed with Plug-and-play ease.<br />
Available in black only (no color designation so use .X – Specify: HGRMTAC.X).<br />
HGRMTAC 1.3 0.2 $ 86<br />
s Icon Legend on page 4<br />
1/<strong>2011</strong> Abound Pricer 83
Overheads and Shelves Specifying<br />
Overhead storage<br />
cabinets can be<br />
positioned vertically<br />
in 1” increments.<br />
Locking clip<br />
feature secures storage<br />
cabinets to panels.<br />
Backstop keeps books,<br />
binders and supplies<br />
from coming in contact<br />
with tile fabric.<br />
Storage shelves can be positioned<br />
vertically in 1” increments.<br />
Locking clip<br />
feature secures storage<br />
shelves to panels.<br />
Product dimensions<br />
Overhead Storage Cabinet<br />
Width 24, 30, 36, 42, 48, 60<br />
Inside width Flipper and Receding door — 3 ⁄ 8 less than width<br />
Hinged door — 13 ⁄ 4 less than width<br />
Depth 147 ⁄ 8<br />
Inside depth 127 ⁄ 8<br />
Height 15<br />
Inside height 123 ⁄ 4<br />
Open Shelf<br />
Width 24, 30, 36, 42, 48, 60<br />
Depth 143 ⁄ 8<br />
Height 55 ⁄ 8<br />
Backstop keeps books,<br />
binders and supplies from<br />
coming in contact with<br />
tile fabric.<br />
Finish options include Core and Choice<br />
paint colors.<br />
Available in hinge door and<br />
flipper door options. Flipper<br />
door slides over top of<br />
cabinet.<br />
15” design allows<br />
maximum storage while<br />
minimizing space.<br />
Core removable locks allow lateral files, center<br />
drawers, pedestals and overhead cabinets to be<br />
keyed alike. Omit lock core option available.<br />
Straight low profile<br />
end panels.<br />
Task lights can be mounted<br />
beneath storage shelves and<br />
overhead storage cabinets. Cord retainer clips fasten into panel<br />
slots to anchor power cords. Available<br />
in black only. Clips are provided with<br />
undershelf mounted task lights.<br />
84 Abound Pricer 1/<strong>2011</strong>
Specification Guidelines<br />
In a panel run, only two overhead storage cabinets or open storage shelves are<br />
recommended per panel side. When suspending overhead storage off-module<br />
only one storage unit per panel side is allowed.<br />
When overhead storage units are suspended from stacking frames, the<br />
following guidelines should be adhered to:<br />
Stacking frames should be added to all the parent run panels, and to each<br />
return-panel run. Stacking panels added to return panel must match the parent<br />
run configuration.<br />
A maximum of two overhead storage units should be suspended from each<br />
side of stacking frames on any given panel.<br />
65”<br />
20 1 ⁄2”<br />
15”<br />
29 1 ⁄2”<br />
Flipper and Receding Door Overhead Storage cabinets and the Open<br />
Shelf can also be mounted to a maximum height of 65H on Abound frames.<br />
No limitation to the number of<br />
units on structural frames when<br />
units are spaced 12 apart and<br />
when the run is supported with<br />
return panels on each side of<br />
storage shelves or overhead<br />
storage cabinets.<br />
Overheads and Shelves Specifying<br />
Storage shelf and flipper door<br />
overhead width must correspond with<br />
width of panel(s). It is possible to span<br />
two panels when combined panel width<br />
equals cabinet or shelf width.<br />
Abound Overhead Cabinets can be<br />
mounted on a panel equal to or up to<br />
18 narrower than cabinet.<br />
Only applies to Flipper Door and<br />
Receding Door Overhead models.<br />
1/<strong>2011</strong> Abound Pricer 85
Abound Overhead Storage GSA SIN 711-1 Except as Noted<br />
➤ NEW! Receding Door<br />
➤ All units feature an anti-dislodgement<br />
Overhead. Available January 1, device.<br />
<strong>2011</strong>.<br />
➤ 60 units are one piece cabinet with<br />
➤ Overhead Storage Cabinets two doors.<br />
with doors are standard with a ➤ Abound overheads have the ability to<br />
factory installed core removable hang on either side of the frame.<br />
lock located on the underside ➤ Omit lock option.<br />
of the cabinet.<br />
GSA contract pending<br />
Abound Flipper and Receding<br />
Metal Door Overheads attach<br />
with off-modular brackets<br />
allowing the overhead to be used<br />
with the Initiate panel system.<br />
See pages 84-85 for overhead<br />
specifying.<br />
Description Model<br />
New upmount kits for Abound<br />
overheads can be used with<br />
flipper or receding door<br />
overheads. Cannot be used with<br />
Vicinity for Abound overheads.<br />
See page 87.<br />
Ship<br />
Weight Cube<br />
Keyed alike cores must be<br />
ordered separately — see page<br />
89.<br />
List by Paint Grade<br />
Core Metallics<br />
Metal Flipper Door Overheads<br />
24W x14 3 ⁄ 8D x15H HRVOH24FM 35 5.2 $ 410 $ 455<br />
30W x14 3 ⁄ 8D x15H HRVOH30FM 38 6.3 $ 417 $ 462<br />
36W x14 3 ⁄ 8D x15H HRVOH36FM 41 7.5 $ 437 $ 482<br />
42W x14 3 ⁄ 8D x15H HRVOH42FM 46 8.6 $ 458 $ 503<br />
48W x14 3 ⁄ 8D x15H HRVOH48FM 52 9.8 $ 478 $ 523<br />
60W x14 3 ⁄ 8D x15H HRVOH60FM 62 12.1 $ 632 $ 677<br />
Open Shelf<br />
24W x14 3 ⁄ 8D x5 5 ⁄ 8H HRVSH24 13 s 2.3 $ 175 $ 190<br />
30W x14 3 ⁄ 8D x5 5 ⁄ 8H HRVSH30 15 s 2.9 $ 189 $ 204<br />
36W x14 3 ⁄ 8D x5 5 ⁄ 8H HRVSH36 16 s 3.4 $ 201 $ 216<br />
42W x14 3 ⁄ 8D x5 5 ⁄ 8H HRVSH42 17 s 4.0 $ 208 $ 223<br />
48W x14 3 ⁄ 8D x5 5 ⁄ 8H HRVSH48 18 s 4.5 $ 219 $ 234<br />
60W x14 3 ⁄ 8D x5 5 ⁄ 8H HRVSH60 20 5.6 $ 268 $ 283<br />
Receding Door Overhead<br />
30W x14 3 ⁄ 8D x15H HRVOH1530RM 38 5.7 $ 531 $ 580<br />
36W x14 3 ⁄ 8D x15H HRVOH1536RM 41 6.8 $ 560 $ 609<br />
42W x14 3 ⁄ 8D x15H HRVOH1542RM 46 7.8 $ 596 $ 645<br />
48W x14 3 ⁄ 8D x15H HRVOH1548RM 52 8.9 $ 645 $ 694<br />
60W x14 3 ⁄ 8D x15H HRVOH1560RM 62 11.2 $ 977 $1026<br />
How to specify 1st Option 2nd Option<br />
Select Model Number<br />
Select Paint Color Select Lock Option<br />
from above<br />
See page 6 L Lock<br />
H R V O H 2 4 F M . T 4 .<br />
X Omit Lock (deduct $14) (where applicable)<br />
See page 89<br />
L<br />
s Icon Legend on page 4<br />
86 Abound Pricer 1/<strong>2011</strong>
➤ NEW! Upmount Kit for<br />
overheads. Available January 1,<br />
<strong>2011</strong>.<br />
GSA contract pending<br />
Specify paint<br />
SIN 711-3<br />
➤ Upmount Bracket allows mounting of<br />
Overhead Cabinet up to 15 above<br />
height of panel.<br />
New upmount kits for Abound<br />
overheads can be used with<br />
flipper or receding door<br />
overheads. Cannot be used with<br />
Vicinity for Abound overheads.<br />
See page 86.<br />
Description Model<br />
Ship<br />
Weight Cube<br />
List by Paint Grade<br />
Core Metallics<br />
Upmount Kits for Overheads<br />
24W HRVUP24 7.0 0.3 $ 111 $ 127<br />
30W HRVUP30 8.0 0.3 $ 116 $ 132<br />
36W HRVUP36 10.0 0.4 $ 121 $ 137<br />
42W HRVUP42 11.0 0.4 $ 126 $ 142<br />
48W HRVUP48 12.0 0.5 $ 132 $ 148<br />
60W<br />
• Includes two upmount brackets, full back panel and installation hardware.<br />
• Brackets require a clearance of 6<br />
HRVUP60 16.0 0.6 $ 142 $ 158<br />
1 ⁄ 2 below bottom of overhead cabinet.<br />
• Full back panel adds 1 ⁄ 2 to depth of overhead case.<br />
Kit width must correspond to the width of the overhead case.<br />
Overhead Shelf Dividers<br />
Shelf Dividers — package of 6 H38SHFDV 3.0 s 0.2 $ 94 $ 102<br />
How to specify 1st Option<br />
Select Model Number Select Paint Color<br />
from above<br />
See page 6<br />
H3 8 SHFDV . T1<br />
Specify paint<br />
Description Model<br />
GSA — Above models receive Other Filing & Storage discounting.<br />
Ship<br />
Weight Cube<br />
List by Paint Grade<br />
Core Metallics<br />
Cord Cover<br />
• Allows routing of task light cords.<br />
• Vertical height 13. HNCC 0.7 s 0.2 $ 25 $ 30<br />
• Vertical height 18. HNCC18 1.0 s 0.3 $ 25 $ 30<br />
• Cord cover can be positioned into panel slots and used under task lights and under worksurfaces.<br />
A cord cover is not designed to fit in same panel slots along with tackboards.<br />
How to specify 1st Option<br />
Select Model Number Select Paint Color<br />
from above<br />
See page 6<br />
HNCC . T 1<br />
Description Model<br />
Task Lights<br />
Open<br />
Market<br />
GSA SIN 711-1 Except as Noted Abound Overhead Accessories<br />
Ship<br />
Weight Cube<br />
Basic<br />
(No suffix<br />
required)<br />
Chicago<br />
Code<br />
“CH”<br />
• Slim profile design mounts recessed under storage unit and shelves with spring steel clips.<br />
Chicago Code Version —<br />
Specify: Model/“CH”.<br />
• T5 bulb included which contains less mercury than other types of bulbs.<br />
• 9-foot black cord and switch off right rear corner.<br />
• Electronic ballast for increased energy efficiency.<br />
• 2 lights (HH870930) can be mounted under 60W storage cabinet Models HNSC60DL or HNSC60FL.<br />
For 24W storage cabinets or shelves,<br />
EXAMPLE: HH870924CH<br />
183 ⁄ 8W x47 ⁄ 8D x11 ⁄ 8H<br />
For 30W and 36W storage cabinets or shelves,<br />
HH870924(?) 5.0 s 0.4 $ 170 $ 222<br />
227 ⁄ 8W x47 ⁄ 8D x11 ⁄ 8H<br />
For 42W and 48W storage cabinets or shelves,<br />
HH870930(?) 7.0 s 0.6 $ 174 $ 227<br />
345 ⁄ 8W x47 ⁄ 8D x11 ⁄ 8H<br />
For 60W storage cabinets or shelves,<br />
HH870942(?) 10.0 s 0.9 $ 188 $ 239<br />
461 ⁄ 2W x47 ⁄ 8D x11 ⁄ 8H HH870960(?) 12.0 s 1.1 $ 202 $ 253<br />
Color: Black. GSA — Above models receive Initiate Panel System discounting.<br />
s Icon Legend on page 4<br />
1/<strong>2011</strong> Abound Pricer 87
Vicinity Overheads and Open Cabinet for Abound <br />
➤ SecureFit back on overheads<br />
allows hang-on accessories.<br />
See page 37.<br />
Description Model<br />
Ship<br />
Weight Cube<br />
List by Paint Grade<br />
Core Metallics<br />
Steel Front Hinged Door Overhead with “A” Pull<br />
24W x15D x15H HRVOHV24HMA 32 5.6 $ 554 $ 599<br />
30W x15D x15H HRVOHV30HMA 36 6.8 $ 574 $ 619<br />
36W x15D x15H HRVOHV36HMA 42 7.7 $ 595 $ 640<br />
42W x15D x15H HRVOHV42HMA 52 8.1 $ 615 $ 660<br />
48W x15D x15H HRVOHV48HMA 56 9.2 $ 636 $ 681<br />
Vicinity Open Storage Cabinet for Abound<br />
24W x15D x15H HRVSHV24 21 5.6 $ 503 $ 548<br />
30W x15D x15H HRVSHV30 26 6.8 $ 523 $ 568<br />
36W x15D x15H HRVSHV36 29 7.7 $ 544 $ 589<br />
42W x15D x15H HRVSHV42 32 8.1 $ 564 $ 609<br />
48W x15D x15H HRVSHV48 37 9.2 $ 585 $ 630<br />
Vicinity Laminate Hinged Door Overheads for Abound <br />
➤ SecureFit back on overheads<br />
allows hang-on accessories.<br />
See page 37.<br />
➤ Laminate fronts are available in<br />
woodgrain only.<br />
Description Model<br />
GSA SIN 711-1<br />
Ship<br />
Weight Cube<br />
List by Paint Grade<br />
Core Metallics<br />
Laminate Front Hinged Door Overheads with “A” Pull<br />
24W x15D x15H HRVOHV24HLA 35 5.6 $ 682 $ 727<br />
30W x15D x15H HRVOHV30HLA 40 6.8 $ 703 $ 748<br />
36W x15D x15H HRVOHV36HLA 48 7.7 $ 723 $ 768<br />
42W x15D x15H HRVOHV42HLA 53 8.1 $ 744 $ 789<br />
48W x15D x15H HRVOHV48HLA 64 9.2 $ 764 $ 809<br />
Vicinity Shelves for Abound <br />
➤ Interior storage shelves<br />
available in 12 deep for<br />
Abound.<br />
➤ Shelves used to divide overheads to<br />
create two storage levels for<br />
additional storage and organizational<br />
options.<br />
GSA SIN 711-1<br />
GSA SIN 711-1<br />
Description Model<br />
Ship<br />
Weight Cube<br />
List by Paint Grade<br />
Core Metallics<br />
Interior Storage Cabinet Shelves<br />
24W x12D H1A451224 8 3.1 $ 102 $ 127<br />
30W x12D H1A451230 9 3.1 $ 102 $ 127<br />
36W x12D H1A451236 9 3.1 $ 102 $ 127<br />
42W x12D H1A451242 11 2.0 $ 160 $ 175<br />
48W x12D H1A451248 12 2.0 $ 170 $ 185<br />
How to specify 1st Option 2nd Option<br />
Select Model Number<br />
from above<br />
Select Lock Option Select Paint Color<br />
Select the Pull<br />
L Lock<br />
See page 6<br />
A Satin Chrome Arch<br />
X Omit Lock (deduct $14) (where applicable)<br />
See page 89<br />
HRVOHV2 4HMA . L . T4<br />
How to specify 1st Option 2nd Option 3rd Option<br />
Select Model Number<br />
from above<br />
Select Lock Option Select Front Laminate Color Select Case Paint Color<br />
Select the Pull<br />
L Lock<br />
(Woodgrain only.)<br />
See page 6<br />
A Satin Chrome Arch<br />
X Omit Lock (deduct $14)<br />
See page 89<br />
See page 6<br />
HRVOHV2 4HLA. L . H . T4<br />
Icon Legend on page 4<br />
88 Abound Pricer 1/<strong>2011</strong>
SIN 711-2<br />
SIN 711-2<br />
How to specify<br />
Description Model<br />
Ship<br />
Weight Cube List<br />
Chrome Removable Lock Core Kit (for metal casegoods)<br />
Specify quantity of each key number from 101E-225E.<br />
Includes: 1-core, 2-keys, 1-core removal tool and instructions.<br />
Use when specifying omit lock application.<br />
HF23C 0.1 s 0.1 $ 26<br />
NOTES: If key number isn’t specified, number will be at random. Core matches manufactured lock on metal casegoods product but can be used with<br />
veneer and laminate product.<br />
GSA — Above model receives Vertical, Lateral & Shelf Filing discounting.<br />
HOW TO ORDER CORE REMOVABLE LOCK KITS:<br />
Specify: Model Number.X<br />
Key Number<br />
Examples: HF23C.X121E<br />
HF23C.X (Key number not specified)<br />
NOTES: Key orders without numbers specified will be keyed at random.<br />
Numbers 101E-225E are available.<br />
SAMPLE ORDER:<br />
Quantity Model Key Code<br />
6 HF23C. X121E<br />
4 HF23B. X121E<br />
5 HF24. X121E<br />
1 HF22. X<br />
2 HF24. X<br />
Omit Lock Core (Deduct $14)<br />
• The factory will omit lock cores.<br />
• Removable lock core kits with specific key number must be ordered to facilitate keying alike in the field.<br />
• For specific models, look for the Omit Lock Core icon throughout this publication.<br />
HF23C 0.1 s 0.1 $ 26<br />
GSA — Above models receive Vertical, Lateral & Shelf Filing discounting.<br />
Select Model Number<br />
from above<br />
H F 2 3 C<br />
s Icon Legend on page 4<br />
Abound Accessories<br />
1/<strong>2011</strong> Abound Pricer 89
Abound Accessories GSA SIN 711-1, 711-2, Except as Noted<br />
CPU Holders<br />
➤ Vertically mounts to underside<br />
of worksurface at end panel.<br />
➤ Holds tower computers or<br />
desktop computers in vertical<br />
position.<br />
➤ Supports up to 85 lbs.<br />
➤ Height adjustable from 15 to<br />
24 below worksurface.<br />
➤ Width adjustable to accept<br />
units from 3 to 9W.<br />
➤ 16 gauge steel construction.<br />
Black only<br />
SIN 711-1, 711-2<br />
How to specify<br />
➤ Model HCPU2 holds units in fixed<br />
position.<br />
➤ Model HCPU3 features retractable<br />
suspension system.<br />
➤ Can be used with 66000 Series<br />
training tables, as well as Education<br />
Workstations, Simplicity and Initiate<br />
Systems.<br />
Black Finish<br />
Touch-up Kit<br />
➤ Touch-up kit allows minor repairs in<br />
the field.<br />
➤ Kit includes markers for small touchups<br />
to metal casegoods products.<br />
Shippable by small package<br />
carrier, ground only.<br />
➤ Model HPKT001 includes:<br />
• 1 Marker each of Black (P),<br />
Carob (T8), Charcoal (S), Greige<br />
(T5), Light Gray (Q), Muslin (T3),<br />
Putty (L), and Taupe (E).<br />
Description Model<br />
➤ Model HPMARKER1 includes:<br />
• 1 Marker (color must be specified<br />
when ordering).<br />
Ship<br />
Weight Cube List<br />
CPU Holders<br />
• Vertically mounts to underside of worksurface at end panel.<br />
• Holds tower computers or desktop computers in vertical position.<br />
• Supports up to 85 lbs.<br />
• Height adjustable from 15 to 24 below worksurface.<br />
• Width adjustable to accept units from 3 to 9W.<br />
• 16 gauge steel construction.<br />
• Model HCPU2 holds units in fixed position.<br />
HCPU2 7.5 s 0.5 $ 139<br />
• Model HCPU3 features retractable suspension system.<br />
• Can be used with 66000 Series training tables, as well as<br />
Adjustable Height Training Tables, Simplicity and Initiate Systems.<br />
HCPU3 12.0 s 0.5 $ 199<br />
Black Finish GSA — Above models receive Initiate Panel System discounting.<br />
Select Model Number<br />
from above<br />
HCPU2<br />
Description Model<br />
Ship<br />
Weight Cube List<br />
Touch-up Kit, includes all 8 Core paint colorsHPKT001 0.3 s 0.1 $ 107<br />
1 Touch-up MarkerHPMARKER1 0.1 s 0.1 $ 26<br />
Open<br />
Market<br />
Open<br />
Market<br />
Available in: GSA — Above models receive Filing Furniture discounting.<br />
Black (P), Carob (T8), Charcoal (S), Greige (T5), Light Gray (Q), Muslin (T3), Putty (L), and Taupe (E).<br />
Metallic colors available only in touch-up paint, not markers.<br />
How to specify 1st Option<br />
Select Model Number<br />
Select Color<br />
from above<br />
P Black<br />
T8 Carob<br />
S Charcoal<br />
T5 Greige<br />
Q Light Gray<br />
T3 Muslin<br />
L Putty<br />
E Taupe<br />
H P K T 0 0 1<br />
HPMARKER1 . P<br />
s Icon Legend on page 4<br />
90 Abound Pricer 1/<strong>2011</strong>
➤ Arms fold back to post to allow ➤ Arms feature double extension,<br />
more desktop room.<br />
allowing 20 of back and forth<br />
movement.<br />
➤ Cable management on both pole and<br />
arm assemblies.<br />
➤ Counterbalance adjustment provides<br />
stability for monitors up to 18 lbs per<br />
arm.<br />
Description Model<br />
➤ Dual screen models allow screens to<br />
be aligned horizontally for optimal<br />
ergonomic positioning.<br />
Ship<br />
Weight Cube List<br />
Double Monitor Arm, for dual monitor application HH7920 13.2 1.0 $ 816<br />
• Model ships with two monitor arms, hardware to attach arm to monitor, mounting pole, and both desk clamp and grommet mount hardware.<br />
• Spring counterbalance height adjustment allows for 6 range and fingertip adjustment.<br />
• Arms also height adjust on pole, providing 8 1 ⁄ 2 adjustment range.<br />
• 180 degrees of screen tilt forward and back and side to side.<br />
• Available in Black (P) or Matte Chrome (Z9) (mounting pole is always Stainless Steel).<br />
Single Monitor Arm HH7915 9.5 1.0 $ 476<br />
• Model ships with one monitor arm, hardware to attach arm to monitor, mounting pole, and both desk clamp and grommet mount hardware.<br />
• Spring counterbalance height adjustment allows for 6 range and fingertip adjustment.<br />
• Arms also height adjust on pole, providing 8 1 ⁄ 2 adjustment range.<br />
• 180 degrees of screen tilt forward and back and side to side.<br />
• Available in Black (P) or Matte Chrome (Z9) (mounting pole is always Stainless Steel).<br />
How to specify 1st Option<br />
Select Model Number Select Color<br />
from above<br />
P Black<br />
H H 7 9 2 0 .<br />
Z9 Matte Chrome<br />
P<br />
Black only finish.<br />
Black only<br />
GSA SIN 711-1, 711-2, 711-11 Optional Accessories — Keyboard Platform<br />
Description Model<br />
Ship<br />
Weight Cube List<br />
Articulating Keyboard Platforms H850500 17 s 1.5 $ 478<br />
• Samba articulating/swiveling keyboard platform, 20W x101 ⁄ 2D.<br />
• 30platform tilt feature with 360 rotation.<br />
• 12 platform height adjustment allows user to use keyboard sitting or standing. (41 ⁄ 2 below to 71 ⁄ 2 above worksurface level).<br />
• Simple, one-touch paddle adjusts keyboard height and tilt.<br />
• Glide suspension standard with extended arm (19 of in/out adjustment). 24 track length.<br />
• 18W gel palm rest on platform with black lycra cover allows left or right-hand mousing.<br />
• 10 diameter mouse platform tilts/swivels above keyboard (LH or RH field installed).<br />
• Two small pear-shaped cutouts provide cord management on mouse pad.<br />
• “Comfort Shield” on underside of keyboard mechanism provides a smooth, snag-free surface preventing interference with knees or clothing.<br />
• Required mounting clearance: keyboard width (21 min.) x 24D.<br />
• Long travel provides solution for corner workstations.<br />
Not designed to be used with 24D credenza or return.<br />
GSA — Above model receives Initiate Panel System discounting.<br />
How to specify 1st Option<br />
Select Model Number Select Color<br />
from above<br />
P Black<br />
H 8 5 0 5 0 0 . P<br />
s Icon Legend on page 4<br />
GSA CONTRACT PENDING Optional Accessories — Monitor Arm<br />
1/<strong>2011</strong> Abound Pricer 91
Optional Accessories — Keyboard Platforms GSA SIN 711-1, 711-2, 711-11<br />
Black only finish.<br />
Black only<br />
Black only<br />
Black only<br />
Black only<br />
Black only<br />
Description Model<br />
Articulating Keyboard Platforms<br />
• Fully articulating and swiveling platform style, 21W x10 1 ⁄ 2D with recessed surface.<br />
• 30 platform tilt feature (15 positive and 15 negative tilt), with 360 rotation.<br />
• Maximum platform height adjustment: 6 —1 above and 5 below worksurface.<br />
• Fully retractable, steel ball bearing slide suspension.<br />
• Keyboard locks into position.<br />
• Padded palm rest.<br />
• Sliding 9W x9D mouse tray is LH or RH.<br />
• Required mounting clearance: keyboard width (21 min.) x 17D.<br />
• 12 travel appropriate for straight worksurface/bridge applications.<br />
• Maestro keyboard – glide track.<br />
• One paddle for height control via spring brake.<br />
• Standard with arm, platform, mouse and wrist rest.<br />
• Glide track.<br />
• Tilt angle adjusts via latch.<br />
• 25 platform tilt feature (10 positive and 15 negative tilt), with 360 rotation.<br />
• Height adjustment 6 below worksurface, 1 above.<br />
• Tray size: 20 3 ⁄ 4 x11.<br />
• Mouse pad size: 9 1 ⁄ 4 x8 1 ⁄ 2; Left or Right Hand placement option.<br />
• Overall length: 23 1 ⁄ 2.<br />
• Required mounting clearance: keyboard width (21 min.) x 17D.<br />
• 12 1 ⁄ 4 travel appropriate for straight worksurface/bridge applications.<br />
• Bravo keyboard – ball bearing.<br />
• No knobs or levers to adjust height — simply lift, position and release.<br />
• Standard with arm, platform, mouse and wrist rest.<br />
• Ball bearing track.<br />
• 25platform tilt feature (10 positive and 15 negative tilt), with 360 rotation.<br />
• Height adjustment 8.1 below worksurface, 0.6 below.<br />
• Tray size: 203 ⁄ 4 x11.<br />
• Mouse pad size: 91 ⁄ 4 x81 ⁄ 2; Left or Right Hand placement option.<br />
• Required mounting clearance: keyboard width (21 min.) x 213 ⁄ 4D.<br />
• 17 travel appropriate for corner worksurface applications deeper than 24.<br />
Not designed to be used with units with a depth of 24 or less.<br />
• Bravo keyboard – glide track.<br />
• No knobs or levers to adjust height — simply lift, position and release.<br />
• Standard with arm, platform, mouse and wrist rest.<br />
• 25 platform tilt feature (10 positive and 15 negative tilt), with 360 rotation.<br />
• Height adjustment 8.1 below worksurface, 0.6 below.<br />
• Tray size: 20 3 ⁄ 4 x11.<br />
• Mouse pad size: 9 1 ⁄ 4 x8 1 ⁄ 2; Left or Right Hand placement option.<br />
• Required mounting clearance: keyboard width (21 min.) x 17D.<br />
• 12 1 ⁄ 4 travel appropriate for straight worksurface/bridge applications.<br />
• Keyboard with mouse.<br />
• Knob adjustment.<br />
• Clamp tray for mouse.<br />
• 30 platform tilt feature (15 positive and 15 negative tilt), with 360 rotation.<br />
• Height adjustment 6 below worksurface, 1 above.<br />
• Tray size: 20 3 ⁄ 4 x11.<br />
• Mouse pad size: 8 x8.<br />
• Required mounting clearance: keyboard width (21 min.) x 17D.<br />
• 12 travel appropriate for straight worksurface/bridge applications.<br />
How to specify 1st Option<br />
Select Model Number Select Color<br />
from above<br />
P Black<br />
H 8 4 0 0 0 . P<br />
s Icon Legend on page 4<br />
Ship<br />
Weight Cube List<br />
H840000 25 s 0.6 $ 382<br />
HHKB900 20 s 1.2 $ 435<br />
HHKB800 23 s 0.6 $ 410<br />
HHKB700 18 s 0.6 $ 350<br />
HHKB200 15 s 0.7 $ 233<br />
GSA — Entire page receives Initiate Panel System discounting.<br />
92 Abound Pricer 1/<strong>2011</strong>
Description Model<br />
Ship<br />
Weight Cube List<br />
Veneer Keyboard Platform<br />
Veneer Tray dimensions: 21 1 ⁄ 2W x10 1 ⁄ 4D x1 1 ⁄ 8 Thick H90150 11 s 0.5 $ 240<br />
• Seven height adjustments from 1 to 2 3 ⁄ 8 below bottom of worksurface. GSA — Above model receives Simplicity II Panel System discounting.<br />
• Ball bearing slide; finger pull under platform.<br />
• Minimum clearance for mounting: 24 1 ⁄ 2W x15 7 ⁄ 8D.<br />
• Specify finish.<br />
How to specify 1st Option<br />
Select Model Number Select Veneer<br />
from above<br />
See page 664 of the January <strong>2011</strong> HON List Pricer<br />
H 9 0 1 5 0 . H H<br />
Description Model<br />
Ship<br />
Weight Cube List<br />
Laminate Keyboard Platform<br />
Laminate Tray dimensions: 21 1 ⁄ 2W x10D x1 1 ⁄ 8 Thick H4022 10 s 0.6 $ 162<br />
• Minimum clearance for mounting: 22 7 ⁄ 8W x17D. GSA — Above model receives Initiate Panel System discounting.<br />
• Surface can be positioned 2, 2 1 ⁄ 2, 3 or 3 1 ⁄ 2 below bottom of worksurface.<br />
• Will not fit on a 37 x24 Corner worksurface.<br />
• Specify laminate.<br />
Laminate Keyboard Platform with Extended Tray<br />
Laminate Tray dimensions: 30W x10D x11 ⁄ 8 Thick HE4022 12 s 0.7 $ 219<br />
• Minimum clearance for mounting: 321 ⁄ 2W x17D<br />
• Surface can be positioned 2, 2<br />
GSA — Above model receives Initiate Panel System discounting.<br />
1 ⁄ 2, 3 or 31 ⁄ 2 below bottom of worksurface.<br />
• Will not fit on a 37 x24 Corner worksurface.<br />
• Ball bearing slide; slide and brackets are Black.<br />
How to specify 1st Option<br />
Select Model Number Select Laminate<br />
from above<br />
See page 6<br />
H 4 0 2 2 . H<br />
Description Model<br />
Ship<br />
Weight Cube<br />
Core<br />
List by Paint Grade<br />
Choice/<br />
Metallics Custom<br />
Metal Keyboard Platforms<br />
30W Metal Keyboard and Mouse Tray. H4028 11 s 1.5 $ 109 $ 117 $ 125<br />
• Designed to hold keyboards and allow room for mouse pads.<br />
• Tray dimensions: 30W x10D.<br />
• Minimum clearance for mounting: 32 1 ⁄ 2W x15D.<br />
• Surface is positioned 3 below bottom of worksurface.<br />
• Non-articulating, only movement is front-to-back. Does not tilt or swivel.<br />
• Specify paint color.<br />
24W Metal Keyboard Tray. H4029 11 s 1.5 $ 97 $ 106 $ 114<br />
• Designed to hold ONLY keyboards. GSA — Above models receive Initiate Panel System discounting.<br />
• Tray dimensions: 24W x10D.<br />
• Minimum clearance for mounting: 26 1 ⁄ 2W x15D.<br />
• Surface is positioned 3 below bottom of worksurface.<br />
• Non-articulating, only movement is front-to-back. Does not tilt or swivel.<br />
• Specify paint color.<br />
How to specify 1st Option<br />
Select Model Number Select Paint Color<br />
from above<br />
See page 6<br />
H 4 0 2 8 2 . T 1<br />
s Icon Legend on page 4<br />
GSA SIN 711-1, 711-2, 711-11 Optional Accessories — Keyboard Platforms<br />
1/<strong>2011</strong> Abound Pricer 93
Cross Reference Index<br />
Model Page Model Page Model Page Model Page Model Page<br />
H1A451224 88<br />
H1A451230 88<br />
H1A451236 88<br />
H1A451242 88<br />
H1A451248 88<br />
H38SHFDV 87<br />
H4022 93<br />
H4028 93<br />
H4029 93<br />
H840000 92<br />
H850500 91<br />
H90150 93<br />
HAADF3 53<br />
HAADF4 53<br />
HBCC2424(?) 82<br />
HBCC3030(?) 82<br />
HBCC3636(?) 82<br />
HBCS1524(?) 82<br />
HBCS1530(?) 82<br />
HBCS1536(?) 82<br />
HBCS1542(?) 82<br />
HBCS1548(?) 82<br />
HBCS1560(?) 82<br />
HBCS1566(?) 82<br />
HBCS1572(?) 82<br />
HBCSR1524P 81<br />
HBCSR1530P 81<br />
HBCSR1536P 81<br />
HBCSR1542P 81<br />
HBCSR1548P 81<br />
HBCSR1560P 81<br />
HBCSR1566P 81<br />
HBCSR1572P 81<br />
HBCSR2424P 81<br />
HBCSR3030P 81<br />
HBCSR3636P 81<br />
HBWCT3624(?) 70<br />
HBWCT3624S(?) 71<br />
HBWCT4224(?) 70<br />
HBWCT4224S(?) 71<br />
HBWCT4230(?) 70<br />
HBWCT4230S(?) 71<br />
HBWCT4824(?) 70<br />
HBWCT4824S(?) 71<br />
HBWCT4830(?) 70<br />
HBWCT4830S(?) 71<br />
HBWD2450(?) 78<br />
HBWD3062(?) 78<br />
HBWQ2424(?) 78<br />
HBWQ3030(?) 78<br />
HBWQT2424(?) 78<br />
HBWQT3030(?) 78<br />
HCNLEG29 79<br />
HCPU2 90<br />
HCPU3 90<br />
HCS3636(?) 83<br />
HCS4242(?) 83<br />
HCTL182 80<br />
HCTL242 80<br />
HE4022 93<br />
HEP35 52<br />
HEP65 52<br />
HF23C 89<br />
HGRMTAC 83<br />
HGRMTUSB 83<br />
HH15042SD 19<br />
HH16542SD 19<br />
HH18042SD 19<br />
HH7915 91<br />
HH7920 91<br />
HH870924(?) 87<br />
HH870930(?) 87<br />
HH870942(?) 87<br />
HH870960(?) 87<br />
HH8710120 51<br />
HH8710120A 51<br />
HH8710144 51<br />
HH8710144A 51<br />
HH871024 51<br />
HH871024A 51<br />
HH871030 51<br />
HH871030A 51<br />
HH871036 51<br />
HH871036A 51<br />
HH871042 51<br />
HH871042A 51<br />
HH871048 51<br />
HH871048A 51<br />
HH871060 51<br />
HH871060A 51<br />
HH871072 51<br />
HH871072A 51<br />
HH871096 51<br />
HH871096A 51<br />
HH871124 51<br />
HH871124A 51<br />
HH871130 51<br />
HH871130A 51<br />
HH871136 51<br />
HH871136A 51<br />
HH871142 51<br />
HH871142A 51<br />
HH871148 51<br />
HH871148A 51<br />
HH871160 51<br />
HH871160A 51<br />
HH871224 51<br />
HH871224A 51<br />
HH871230 51<br />
HH871230A 51<br />
HH871236 51<br />
HH871236A 51<br />
HH871242 51<br />
HH871242A 51<br />
HH871248 51<br />
HH871248A 51<br />
HH871260 51<br />
HH871260A 51<br />
HH871366 51<br />
HH871366A 51<br />
HH871400 51<br />
HH871400A 51<br />
HH871912 51<br />
HH871912A 51<br />
HH871918 51<br />
HH871918A 51<br />
HH873500 51<br />
HH873501 53<br />
HH873501A 53<br />
HH873502 53<br />
HH873502A 53<br />
HH873503 53<br />
HH873503A 53<br />
HH873504 53<br />
HH873504A 53<br />
HH873506 53<br />
HH873506A 53<br />
HH873601 53<br />
HH873601A 53<br />
HH879072 51<br />
HH879072A 51<br />
HH879168 51<br />
HH879168A 51<br />
HH8988EBN 52<br />
HHCMT24 52<br />
HHCMT36 52<br />
HHD2R2D 53<br />
HHEM620 53<br />
HHES410 53<br />
HHEV920 53<br />
HHKB200 92<br />
HHKB700 92<br />
HHKB800 92<br />
HHKB900 92<br />
HHKDMK30 19<br />
HHKDMK36 19<br />
HHKDMK42 19<br />
HHKDMK48 19<br />
HHKHSM100 72<br />
HHN831118 80<br />
HHN831124 80<br />
HHN831130 80<br />
HHPMC6 41<br />
HHT2DP 51<br />
HHTADJ5 53<br />
HHTADJ6 53<br />
HMBPOST1 79<br />
HN899900 18<br />
HN899910 18<br />
HNCC 87<br />
HNCC18 87<br />
HNPMBSW24 34<br />
HNPMBSW30 34<br />
HNPMBSW36 34<br />
HNPMBSW42 34<br />
HNPMBSW48 34<br />
HNPMBSW60 34<br />
HOLEG18 79<br />
HOLEG24 79<br />
HOLEG30 79<br />
HPD2PNBRK2L 80<br />
HPD2PNBRK2R 80<br />
HPKT001 90<br />
HPMARKER1 90<br />
HPPMAS 35<br />
HPPMFB 35<br />
HPPMPB 35<br />
HPPMPS 35<br />
HPPMPT 35<br />
HPPMST 35<br />
HRVBR1524 81<br />
HRVBR1524P 81<br />
HRVBR1530 81<br />
HRVBR1530P 81<br />
HRVBR1536 81<br />
HRVBR1536P 81<br />
HRVBR1542 81<br />
HRVBR1548 81<br />
HRVBR1560 81<br />
HRVBR1566 81<br />
HRVBR1572 81<br />
HRVC15PF 22<br />
HRVC15PFT 22<br />
HRVC15PFV 22<br />
HRVC15PL 20<br />
HRVC15PS 20<br />
HRVC15PT 20<br />
HRVC15PX 20<br />
HRVC22PFT 22<br />
HRVC22PFV 22<br />
HRVC22PL 20<br />
HRVC22PS 20<br />
HRVC22PT 20<br />
HRVC22PX 20<br />
HRVC30PF 22<br />
HRVC30PFT 22<br />
HRVC30PFV 22<br />
HRVC30PL 20<br />
HRVC30PS 20<br />
HRVC30PT 20<br />
HRVC30PX 20<br />
HRVC35PCE 22, 80<br />
HRVC35PCM 22, 80<br />
HRVC35PF 22<br />
HRVC35PL 20<br />
HRVC35PS 20<br />
HRVC35PT 20<br />
HRVC35PX 20<br />
HRVC35PY2 21<br />
HRVC35PY3 21<br />
HRVC42PF 22<br />
HRVC42PL 20<br />
HRVC42PS 20<br />
HRVC42PT 20<br />
HRVC42PX 20<br />
HRVC42PY2 21<br />
HRVC42PY3 21<br />
HRVC50PF 22<br />
HRVC50PL 20<br />
HRVC50PS 20<br />
HRVC50PT 20<br />
HRVC50PX 20<br />
HRVC50PY2 21<br />
HRVC50PY3 21<br />
HRVC65PF 22<br />
HRVC65PL 20<br />
HRVC65PS 20<br />
HRVC65PT 20<br />
HRVC65PW 22<br />
HRVC65PX 20<br />
HRVC65PY2 21<br />
HRVC65PY3 21<br />
HRVC7PFT 22<br />
HRVC7PFV 22<br />
HRVC7PL 20<br />
HRVC7PS 20<br />
HRVC7PT 20<br />
HRVC7PX 20<br />
HRVC80PF 22<br />
HRVC80PL 20<br />
HRVC80PS 20<br />
HRVC80PT 20<br />
HRVC80PX 20<br />
HRVCLG24 79<br />
HRVCLG30 79<br />
HRVD0742T 18<br />
HRVD9542 18<br />
HRVEP1129L 79<br />
HRVEP1129R 79<br />
HRVEP2429L 79<br />
HRVEP2429R 79<br />
HRVEP3029L 79<br />
HRVEP3029R 79<br />
HRVF1524 17<br />
HRVF1530 17<br />
HRVF1536 17<br />
HRVF1542 17<br />
HRVF1548 17<br />
HRVF1560 17<br />
HRVF3024 17<br />
HRVF3030 17<br />
HRVF3036 17<br />
HRVF3042 17<br />
HRVF3048 17<br />
HRVF3060 17<br />
HRVF3524 16<br />
HRVF3530 16<br />
HRVF3536 16<br />
HRVF3542 16<br />
HRVF3548 16<br />
HRVF3560 16<br />
HRVF4224 16<br />
HRVF4230 16<br />
HRVF4236 16<br />
HRVF4242 16<br />
HRVF4248 16<br />
HRVF4260 16<br />
HRVF5024 16<br />
HRVF5030 16<br />
HRVF5036 16<br />
HRVF5042 16<br />
HRVF5048 16<br />
HRVF5060 16<br />
HRVF6524 16<br />
HRVF6530 16<br />
HRVF6536 16<br />
HRVF6542 16<br />
HRVF6548 16<br />
HRVF6560 16<br />
HRVFSB24 17<br />
HRVFSB30 17<br />
HRVFSB36 17<br />
HRVFSB42 17<br />
HRVFSB48 17<br />
HRVFSB60 17<br />
HRVFSBW24 22<br />
HRVFSBW30 22<br />
HRVFSBW36 22<br />
HRVFSBW42 22<br />
HRVFSBW48 22<br />
HRVFSBW60 22<br />
HRVOH1530RM 86<br />
HRVOH1536RM 86<br />
HRVOH1542RM 86<br />
HRVOH1548RM 86<br />
HRVOH1560RM 86<br />
HRVOH24FM 86<br />
HRVOH30FM 86<br />
HRVOH36FM 86<br />
HRVOH42FM 86<br />
HRVOH48FM 86<br />
HRVOH60FM 86<br />
HRVOHV24HLA 88<br />
HRVOHV24HMA 88<br />
HRVOHV30HLA 88<br />
HRVOHV30HMA 88<br />
HRVOHV36HLA 88<br />
HRVOHV36HMA 88<br />
HRVOHV42HLA 88<br />
HRVOHV42HMA 88<br />
HRVOHV48HLA 88<br />
HRVOHV48HMA 88<br />
HRVOMOD 22<br />
HRVP24P 52<br />
HRVP30P 52<br />
HRVP36P 52<br />
HRVP42P 52<br />
HRVP48P 52<br />
HRVP60P 52<br />
HRVSH24 86<br />
HRVSH30 86<br />
HRVSH36 86<br />
HRVSH42 86<br />
HRVSH48 86<br />
HRVSH60 86<br />
HRVSHV24 88<br />
HRVSHV30 88<br />
HRVSHV36 88<br />
HRVSHV42 88<br />
HRVSHV48 88<br />
HRVSS24 17<br />
HRVSS30 17<br />
HRVSS36 17<br />
HRVSS42 17<br />
HRVSS48 17<br />
HRVSS60 17<br />
HRVT0724T 24, 32<br />
HRVT0730T 24, 32<br />
HRVT0736T 24, 32<br />
HRVT0742T 24, 32<br />
HRVT0748T 24, 32<br />
HRVT0760T 24, 32<br />
HRVT1524CK 41<br />
HRVT1524E 26<br />
HRVT1524G 30<br />
HRVT1524HS 28<br />
HRVT1524M 38<br />
HRVT1524PM 39<br />
HRVT1524R 31<br />
HRVT1524ST 40<br />
94 Abound Pricer 1/<strong>2011</strong>
Model Page Model Page Model Page Model Page Model Page<br />
HRVT1524T 24<br />
HRVT1524V 36<br />
HRVT1524W 34<br />
HRVT1530CK 41<br />
HRVT1530E 26<br />
HRVT1530G 30<br />
HRVT1530HS 28<br />
HRVT1530M 38<br />
HRVT1530PM 39<br />
HRVT1530R 31<br />
HRVT1530ST 40<br />
HRVT1530T 24<br />
HRVT1530V 36<br />
HRVT1530W 34<br />
HRVT1536CK 41<br />
HRVT1536E 26<br />
HRVT1536G 30<br />
HRVT1536HS 28<br />
HRVT1536M 38<br />
HRVT1536PM 39<br />
HRVT1536R 31<br />
HRVT1536ST 40<br />
HRVT1536T 24<br />
HRVT1536V 36<br />
HRVT1536W 34<br />
HRVT1542CK 41<br />
HRVT1542E 26<br />
HRVT1542G 30<br />
HRVT1542HS 28<br />
HRVT1542M 38<br />
HRVT1542PM 39<br />
HRVT1542R 31<br />
HRVT1542ST 40<br />
HRVT1542T 24<br />
HRVT1542V 36<br />
HRVT1542W 34<br />
HRVT1548CK 41<br />
HRVT1548E 26<br />
HRVT1548G 30<br />
HRVT1548HS 28<br />
HRVT1548M 38<br />
HRVT1548PM 39<br />
HRVT1548R 31<br />
HRVT1548ST 40<br />
HRVT1548T 24<br />
HRVT1548V 36<br />
HRVT1548W 34<br />
HRVT1560CK 41<br />
HRVT1560E 26<br />
HRVT1560G 30<br />
HRVT1560HS 28<br />
HRVT1560M 38<br />
HRVT1560PM 39<br />
HRVT1560R 31<br />
HRVT1560ST 40<br />
HRVT1560T 24<br />
HRVT1560V 36<br />
HRVT1560W 34<br />
HRVT3024CK 41<br />
HRVT3024E 26<br />
HRVT3024G 30<br />
HRVT3024HS 28<br />
HRVT3024M 38<br />
HRVT3024P 32<br />
HRVT3024PM 39<br />
HRVT3024R 31<br />
HRVT3024ST 40<br />
HRVT3024T 24<br />
HRVT3030CK 41<br />
HRVT3030E 26<br />
HRVT3030G 30<br />
HRVT3030HS 28<br />
HRVT3030M 38<br />
HRVT3030P 32<br />
HRVT3030PM 39<br />
HRVT3030R 31<br />
HRVT3030ST 40<br />
HRVT3030T 24<br />
HRVT3036CK 41<br />
HRVT3036E 26<br />
HRVT3036G 30<br />
HRVT3036HS 28<br />
HRVT3036M 38<br />
HRVT3036P 32<br />
HRVT3036PM 39<br />
HRVT3036R 31<br />
HRVT3036ST 40<br />
HRVT3036T 24<br />
HRVT3042CK 41<br />
HRVT3042E 26<br />
HRVT3042G 30<br />
HRVT3042HS 28<br />
HRVT3042M 38<br />
HRVT3042P 32<br />
HRVT3042PM 39<br />
HRVT3042R 31<br />
HRVT3042ST 40<br />
HRVT3042T 24<br />
HRVT3048CK 41<br />
HRVT3048E 26<br />
HRVT3048G 30<br />
HRVT3048HS 28<br />
HRVT3048M 38<br />
HRVT3048P 32<br />
HRVT3048PM 39<br />
HRVT3048R 31<br />
HRVT3048ST 40<br />
HRVT3048T 24<br />
HRVT3060CK 41<br />
HRVT3060E 26<br />
HRVT3060G 30<br />
HRVT3060HS 28<br />
HRVT3060M 38<br />
HRVT3060P 32<br />
HRVT3060PM 39<br />
HRVT3060R 31<br />
HRVT3060ST 40<br />
HRVT3060T 24<br />
HRVT3724E 26<br />
HRVT3724HS 28<br />
HRVT3724T 24<br />
HRVT3730E 26<br />
HRVT3730HS 28<br />
HRVT3730T 24<br />
HRVT3736E 26<br />
HRVT3736HS 28<br />
HRVT3736T 24<br />
HRVT3742E 26<br />
HRVT3742HS 28<br />
HRVT3742T 24<br />
HRVT3748E 26<br />
HRVT3748HS 28<br />
HRVT3748T 24<br />
HRVT3760E 26<br />
HRVT3760HS 28<br />
HRVT3760T 24<br />
HRVT4524E 27<br />
HRVT4524T 25<br />
HRVT4530E 27<br />
HRVT4530T 25<br />
HRVT4536E 27<br />
HRVT4536T 25<br />
HRVT4542E 27<br />
HRVT4542T 25<br />
HRVT4548E 27<br />
HRVT4548T 25<br />
HRVT4560E 27<br />
HRVT4560T 25<br />
HRVT6024E 27<br />
HRVT6024T 25<br />
HRVT6030E 27<br />
HRVT6030T 25<br />
HRVT6036E 27<br />
HRVT6036T 25<br />
HRVT6042E 27<br />
HRVT6042T 25<br />
HRVT6048E 27<br />
HRVT6048T 25<br />
HRVT6060E 27<br />
HRVT6060T 25<br />
HRVTRAYM 38<br />
HRVUP24 87<br />
HRVUP30 87<br />
HRVUP36 87<br />
HRVUP42 87<br />
HRVUP48 87<br />
HRVUP60 87<br />
HS2801 37<br />
HS2802 37<br />
HS2803 37<br />
HS2806 37<br />
HS2807 37<br />
HS2809 37<br />
HSTB2W1 80<br />
HWC3624(?) 66<br />
HWC3624S(?) 69<br />
HWC4224(?) 66<br />
HWC4224S(?) 69<br />
HWC4230(?) 66<br />
HWC4230S(?) 69<br />
HWC4824(?) 66<br />
HWC4824S(?) 69<br />
HWC4830(?) 66<br />
HWC4830S(?) 69<br />
HWCS3624(?) 67<br />
HWCS3624S(?) 68<br />
HWCS4224(?) 67<br />
HWCS4224S(?) 68<br />
HWCS4230(?) 67<br />
HWCS4230S(?) 68<br />
HWCS4824(?) 67<br />
HWCS4824S(?) 68<br />
HWCS4830(?) 67<br />
HWCS4830S(?) 68<br />
HWD244830(?) 62<br />
HWD244830S(?) 63<br />
HWD245430(?) 62<br />
HWD245430S(?) 63<br />
HWD246030(?) 62<br />
HWD246030S(?) 63<br />
HWD246630(?) 62<br />
HWD246630S(?) 63<br />
HWD247230(?) 62<br />
HWD247230S(?) 63<br />
HWD304824(?) 62<br />
HWD304824S(?) 63<br />
HWD305424(?) 62<br />
HWD305424S(?) 63<br />
HWD306024(?) 62<br />
HWD306024S(?) 63<br />
HWD306624(?) 62<br />
HWD306624S(?) 63<br />
HWD307224(?) 62<br />
HWD307224S(?) 63<br />
HWJ58ABL(?) 76<br />
HWJ58ABLS(?) 77<br />
HWJ58ABR(?) 76<br />
HWJ58ABRS(?) 77<br />
HWJ58BBL(?) 76<br />
HWJ58BBLS(?) 77<br />
HWJ58BBR(?) 76<br />
HWJ58BBRS(?) 77<br />
HWJ59ABL(?) 76<br />
HWJ59ABLS(?) 77<br />
HWJ59ABR(?) 76<br />
HWJ59ABRS(?) 77<br />
HWJ59BBL(?) 76<br />
HWJ59BBLS(?) 77<br />
HWJ59BBR(?) 76<br />
HWJ59BBRS(?) 77<br />
HWP2460(?) 76<br />
HWP2460S(?) 77<br />
HWP2466(?) 76<br />
HWP2466S(?) 77<br />
HWP2472(?) 76<br />
HWP2472S(?) 77<br />
HWP3060(?) 76<br />
HWP3060S(?) 77<br />
HWP3066(?) 76<br />
HWP3066S(?) 77<br />
HWP3072(?) 76<br />
HWP3072S(?) 77<br />
HWR1824(?) 56<br />
HWR1824S(?) 57<br />
HWR1830(?) 56<br />
HWR1830S(?) 57<br />
HWR1836(?) 56<br />
HWR1836S(?) 57<br />
HWR1842(?) 56<br />
HWR1842S(?) 57<br />
HWR1848(?) 56<br />
HWR1848S(?) 57<br />
HWR1854(?) 56<br />
HWR1854S(?) 57<br />
HWR1860(?) 56<br />
HWR1860S(?) 57<br />
HWR1866(?) 56<br />
HWR1866S(?) 57<br />
HWR1872(?) 56<br />
HWR1872S(?) 57<br />
HWR2424(?) 56<br />
HWR2424S(?) 57<br />
HWR2430(?) 56<br />
HWR2430S(?) 57<br />
HWR2436(?) 56<br />
HWR2436S(?) 57<br />
HWR2442(?) 56<br />
HWR2442S(?) 57<br />
HWR2448(?) 56<br />
HWR2448L(?) 58<br />
HWR2448LS(?) 59<br />
HWR2448R(?) 58<br />
HWR2448RS(?) 59<br />
HWR2448S(?) 57<br />
HWR2454(?) 56<br />
HWR2454L(?) 58<br />
HWR2454LS(?) 59<br />
HWR2454R(?) 58<br />
HWR2454RS(?) 59<br />
HWR2454S(?) 57<br />
HWR2460(?) 56<br />
HWR2460L(?) 58<br />
HWR2460LS(?) 59<br />
HWR2460R(?) 58<br />
HWR2460RS(?) 59<br />
HWR2460S(?) 57<br />
HWR2466(?) 56<br />
HWR2466L(?) 58<br />
HWR2466LS(?) 59<br />
HWR2466R(?) 58<br />
HWR2466RS(?) 59<br />
HWR2466S(?) 57<br />
HWR2472(?) 56<br />
HWR2472L(?) 58<br />
HWR2472LS(?) 59<br />
HWR2472R(?) 58<br />
HWR2472RS(?) 59<br />
HWR2472S(?) 57<br />
HWR3024(?) 56<br />
HWR3024S(?) 57<br />
HWR3030(?) 56<br />
HWR3030S(?) 57<br />
HWR3036(?) 56<br />
HWR3036S(?) 57<br />
Cross Reference Index<br />
HWR3042(?) 56<br />
HWR3042S(?) 57<br />
HWR3048(?) 56<br />
HWR3048L(?) 58<br />
HWR3048LS(?) 59<br />
HWR3048R(?) 58<br />
HWR3048RS(?) 59<br />
HWR3048S(?) 57<br />
HWR3054(?) 56<br />
HWR3054L(?) 58<br />
HWR3054LS(?) 59<br />
HWR3054R(?) 58<br />
HWR3054RS(?) 59<br />
HWR3054S(?) 57<br />
HWR3060(?) 56<br />
HWR3060L(?) 58<br />
HWR3060LS(?) 59<br />
HWR3060R(?) 58<br />
HWR3060RS(?) 59<br />
HWR3060S(?) 57<br />
HWR3066(?) 56<br />
HWR3066L(?) 58<br />
HWR3066LS(?) 59<br />
HWR3066R(?) 58<br />
HWR3066RS(?) 59<br />
HWR3066S(?) 57<br />
HWR3072(?) 56<br />
HWR3072L(?) 58<br />
HWR3072LS(?) 59<br />
HWR3072R(?) 58<br />
HWR3072RS(?) 59<br />
HWR3072S(?) 57<br />
HWS246018L(?) 60<br />
HWS246018LS(?) 61<br />
HWS246018R(?) 60<br />
HWS246018RS(?) 61<br />
HWS246618L(?) 60<br />
HWS246618LS(?) 61<br />
HWS246618R(?) 60<br />
HWS246618RS(?) 61<br />
HWS246624L(?) 60<br />
HWS246624LS(?) 61<br />
HWS246624R(?) 60<br />
HWS246624RS(?) 61<br />
HWS247218L(?) 60<br />
HWS247218LS(?) 61<br />
HWS247218R(?) 60<br />
HWS247218RS(?) 61<br />
HWS247224L(?) 60<br />
HWS247224LS(?) 61<br />
HWS247224R(?) 60<br />
HWS247224RS(?) 61<br />
HWS247230L(?) 60<br />
HWS247230LS(?) 61<br />
HWS247230R(?) 60<br />
HWS247230RS(?) 61<br />
HWS306018L(?) 60<br />
HWS306018LS(?) 61<br />
HWS306018R(?) 60<br />
HWS306018RS(?) 61<br />
HWS306618L(?) 60<br />
HWS306618LS(?) 61<br />
HWS306618R(?) 60<br />
HWS306618RS(?) 61<br />
HWS306624L(?) 60<br />
HWS306624LS(?) 61<br />
HWS306624R(?) 60<br />
HWS306624RS(?) 61<br />
HWS307218L(?) 60<br />
HWS307218LS(?) 61<br />
HWS307218R(?) 60<br />
HWS307218RS(?) 61<br />
HWS307224L(?) 60<br />
HWS307224LS(?) 61<br />
HWS307224R(?) 60<br />
HWS307224RS(?) 61<br />
1/<strong>2011</strong> Abound Pricer 95
Cross Reference Index<br />
Model Page Model Page Model Page Model Page Model Page<br />
HWS307230L(?) 60<br />
HWS307230LS(?) 61<br />
HWS307230R(?) 60<br />
HWS307230RS(?) 61<br />
HWSA2 80<br />
HWSB2 80<br />
HWSC3624(?) 72<br />
HWSC4224(?) 72<br />
HWSC4230(?) 72<br />
HWSC4824(?) 72<br />
HWSC4830(?) 72<br />
HWV73AAL(?) 74<br />
HWV73AALS(?) 75<br />
HWV73AAR(?) 74<br />
HWV73AARS(?) 75<br />
HWV73BAL(?) 74<br />
HWV73BALS(?) 75<br />
HWV73BAR(?) 74<br />
HWV73BARS(?) 75<br />
HWV75AAL(?) 74<br />
HWV75AALS(?) 75<br />
HWV75AAR(?) 74<br />
HWV75AARS(?) 75<br />
HWV75ABL(?) 74<br />
HWV75ABLS(?) 75<br />
HWV75ABR(?) 74<br />
HWV75ABRS(?) 75<br />
HWV75BAL(?) 74<br />
HWV75BALS(?) 75<br />
HWV75BAR(?) 74<br />
HWV75BARS(?) 75<br />
HWV75BBL(?) 74<br />
HWV75BBLS(?) 75<br />
HWV75BBR(?) 74<br />
HWV75BBRS(?) 75<br />
HWV93AAL(?) 74<br />
HWV93AALS(?) 75<br />
HWV93AAR(?) 74<br />
HWV93AARS(?) 75<br />
HWV93BAL(?) 74<br />
HWV93BALS(?) 75<br />
HWV93BAR(?) 74<br />
HWV93BARS(?) 75<br />
HWV95AAL(?) 74<br />
HWV95AALS(?) 75<br />
HWV95AAR(?) 74<br />
HWV95AARS(?) 75<br />
HWV95ABL(?) 74<br />
HWV95ABLS(?) 75<br />
HWV95ABR(?) 74<br />
HWV95ABRS(?) 75<br />
HWV95BAL(?) 74<br />
HWV95BALS(?) 75<br />
HWV95BAR(?) 74<br />
HWV95BARS(?) 75<br />
HWV95BBL(?) 74<br />
HWV95BBLS(?) 75<br />
HWV95BBR(?) 74<br />
HWV95BBRS(?) 75<br />
HWW30AB(?) 64<br />
HWW30ABS(?) 65<br />
HWW30BA(?) 64<br />
HWW30BAS(?) 65<br />
HWW36AB(?) 64<br />
HWW36ABS(?) 65<br />
HWW36BA(?) 64<br />
HWW36BAS(?) 65<br />
HWW42AB(?) 64<br />
HWW42ABS(?) 65<br />
HWW42BA(?) 64<br />
HWW42BAS(?) 65<br />
HWW48AB(?) 64<br />
HWW48ABS(?) 65<br />
HWW48BA(?) 64<br />
HWW48BAS(?) 65<br />
HWW54AB(?) 64<br />
HWW54ABS(?) 65<br />
HWW54BA(?) 64<br />
HWW54BAS(?) 65<br />
HWW60AB(?) 64<br />
HWW60ABS(?) 65<br />
HWW60BA(?) 64<br />
HWW60BAS(?) 65<br />
HWW66AB(?) 64<br />
HWW66ABS(?) 65<br />
HWW66BA(?) 64<br />
HWW66BAS(?) 65<br />
HWW72AB(?) 64<br />
HWW72ABS(?) 65<br />
HWW72BA(?) 64<br />
HWW72BAS(?) 65<br />
HZB2401 80<br />
HZB2403 80<br />
96 Abound Pricer 1/<strong>2011</strong>
The HON Company<br />
200 Oak Street<br />
Muscatine, IA 52761<br />
800-833-3964<br />
hon.com<br />
© <strong>2011</strong> The HON Company<br />
H3984 (1/11)<br />
HON is a registered trademark<br />
of HNI Technologies, under license<br />
to The HON Company.